Sample records for control chapter iv

  1. Risk Factors for Sexual Violence in the Military: An Analysis of Sexual Assault and Sexual Harassment Incidents and Reporting

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-03-01

    53 ix LIST OF TABLES Table 1. Descriptive Statistics for Control Variables by... Statistics for Control Variables by Gender (Random Subsample with Complete Survey) ............................................................30 Table...empirical analysis. Chapter IV describes the summary statistics and results. Finally, Chapter V offers concluding thoughts, study limitations, and

  2. 40 CFR 147.51 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL... elements, as submitted to EPA in the State's program application: (a) Incorporation by reference. The... (Regulations) (Rev. December 1980), as amended May 17, 1982, to add Chapter 9, Underground Injection Control...

  3. Energy use in the marine transportation industry: Task III. Efficiency improvements; Task IV. Industry future. Final report, Volume IV. [Projections for year 2000

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    None

    1977-12-01

    Tasks III and IV measure the characteristics of potential research and development programs that could be applied to the maritime industry. It was necessary to identify potential operating scenarios for the maritime industry in the year 2000 and determine the energy consumption that would result given those scenarios. After the introductory chapter the operational, regulatory, and vessel-size scenarios for the year 2000 are developed in Chapter II. In Chapter III, future cargo flows and expected levels of energy use for the baseline 2000 projection are determined. In Chapter IV, the research and development programs are introduced into the future USmore » flag fleet and the energy-savings potential associated with each is determined. The first four appendices (A through D) describe each of the generic technologies. The fifth appendix (E) contains the baseline operating and cost parameters against which 15 program areas were evaluated. (MCW)« less

  4. 32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...

  5. 32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...

  6. 32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...

  7. 40 CFR 52.70 - Identification of plan.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... Hearings, Written Testimony, etc. I-2 Recommendations for attainment/Nonattainment designations II-1 Alaska... for the Fairbanks Municipal Utilities System IV-3 Testing Procedures V-1 Air Quality Data An amended... Control Plan Amendment (which includes Appendix A the Alaska Statutes Title 46, Chapter 14, Article 3...

  8. 30 CFR 950.16 - Required program amendments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Required program amendments. 950.16 Section 950... shall submit a revision to its permanent program rules at chapter IV, section 3(i) or otherwise propose... rules at chapter IV, section 3(u) or otherwise propose to amend its program to give the State the...

  9. 19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 94 and Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used... purchase or agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described...

  10. 19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used abroad... agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described in paragraph...

  11. 19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 94 and Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used... purchase or agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described...

  12. 19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used abroad... agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described in paragraph...

  13. 78 FR 31847 - Designation of National Security Positions in the Competitive Service, and Related Matters

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-05-28

    ... Chapter IV OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE 5 CFR Chapter IV RIN 3206-AM73 Designation of... Management; Office of the Director of National Intelligence. ACTION: Proposed rule and withdrawal of prior... National Intelligence (ODNI) are proposing to issue regulations regarding designation of national security...

  14. [Neurocognitive disorders in DSM-5: pervasive changes in the diagnostics of dementia].

    PubMed

    Maier, W; Barnikol, U B

    2014-05-01

    The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) proposes an innovative chapter on neurocognitive disorders (NCD) as a substitute for the dementia, delirium and amnestic disorders chapter in DSM-IV. This NCD chapter promotes a most innovative change compared to DSM-IV. While the term delirium is preserved, the commonly used term dementia does not occur as a diagnostic entity. Neurocognitive disorders are more inclusive than dementias; they also cover early prodromal stages of dementias below the DSM-IV threshold. The diagnosis of NCDs requires essentially neuropsychological testing preferentially with standardized instruments. Special focus is given to etiological subtyping taking former diagnostic consensus processes by expert groups into consideration. The subsequent more extensive concept of NCD also allows the diagnosis of etiological-specific prodromal states of cognitive impairments. The changes from DSM-IV to DSM-5 are critically discussed.

  15. The Blue Book: Accounting, Recordkeeping, and Reporting by Postsecondary Educational Institutions for Federally Funded Student Financial Aid Programs.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Office of Postsecondary Education (ED), Washington, DC.

    This volume provides general information on programs, policies, procedures, and fiscal record keeping and reporting for federally funded student financial aid programs under the Higher Education Act of 1965, Title IV. Chapter 1 provides an overview of Title IV programs. Chapter 2 discusses general institutional responsibilities related to managing…

  16. Modeling habitat and environmental factors affecting mosquito abundance in Chesapeake, Virginia

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bellows, Alan Scott

    The models I present in this dissertation were designed to enable mosquito control agencies in the mid-Atlantic region that oversee large jurisdictions to rapidly track the spatial and temporal distributions of mosquito species, especially those species known to be vectors of eastern equine encephalitis and West Nile virus. I was able to keep these models streamlined, user-friendly, and not cost-prohibitive using empirically based digital data to analyze mosquito-abundance patterns in real landscapes. This research is presented in three major chapters: (II) a series of semi-static habitat suitability indices (HSI) grounded on well-documented associations between mosquito abundance and environmental variables, (III) a dynamic model for predicting both spatial and temporal mosquito abundance based on a topographic soil moisture index and recent weather patterns, and (IV) a set of protocols laid out to aid mosquito control agencies for the use of these models. The HSIs (Chapter II) were based on relationships of mosquitoes to digital surrogates of soil moisture and vegetation characteristics. These models grouped mosquitoes species derived from similarities in habitat requirements, life-cycle type, and vector competence. Quantification of relationships was determined using multiple linear regression models. As in Chapter II, relationships between mosquito abundance and environmental factors in Chapter III were quantified using regression models. However, because this model was, in part, a function of changes in weather patterns, it enables the prediction of both 'where' and 'when' mosquito outbreaks are likely to occur. This model is distinctive among similar studies in the literature because of my use of NOAA's NEXRAD Doppler radar (3-hr precipitation accumulation data) to quantify the spatial and temporal distributions in precipitation accumulation. \\ Chapter IV is unique among the chapters in this dissertation because in lieu of presenting new research, it summarizes the preprocessing steps and analyses used in the HSIs and the dynamic, weather-based, model generated in Chapters II and III. The purpose of this chapter is to provide the reader and potential users with the necessary protocols for modeling the spatial and temporal abundances and distributions of mosquitoes, with emphasis on Culiseta melanura, in a real-world landscape of the mid-Atlantic region. This chapter also provides enhancements that could easily be incorporated into an environmentally sensitive integrated pest management program.

  17. The Economics of Managed Print and Imaging Services

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-06-01

    process are called poka - yokes , which are methods to prevent mistakes. This combination of controls is designed to make a system foolproof because it...must be reformatted prior to turn-in.” This sticker serves as a poka - yoke , as mentioned in Chapter IV. A breach of PII can also result from

  18. Minesweeping for Pressure Actuated Mines by Air Injection into a Water Column

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-09-01

    19 B. PROTOTYPE DESIGN USED............................................................ 20 C. PROCEDURES ...Supply Considerations.................................................... 34 C. PROCEDURES ...Chapter III. Chapter IV covers the details of the NPS tow tank facility, testing procedures and results from testing completed in March 2010. Chapter V

  19. Novel Applications of the Methyltrioxorhenium/Hydrogen Peroxide Catalytic System

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Stankovic, Sasa

    Methylrhenium trioxide (MTO), CH 3Re0 3, was first prepared in 1979. An improved synthetic route to MTO was devised from dirhenium heptoxide and tetramethyltin in the presence of hexafluoro glutaric anhydride was reported by Herrmann in 1992. During the course of research on this dissertation we uncovered other reactions where the presence or absence of pyridine can, in some cases dramatically, affect the reaction outcome. This dissertation consists of four chapters. The first two chapters deal with the ,oxidation of water sensitive olefinic compounds with the hydrogen perox’ide/MTO system. Chapters 111 and IV focus on the oxidation of hydrazones withmore » the same catalytic system. Chapter I has been published in The Journal of Organic Chemistry and Chapter III in Chemical Communications. Chapters II and IV have been submitted for publication in The Journal of Organic Chemistry. Each section is selfcontained with its own equations, tables, figures and references. All of the work in this dissertation was performed by this author.« less

  20. 46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...

  1. 46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...

  2. 46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...

  3. 45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection...-custodial parents under § 303.3 of this chapter; establishment of paternity under § 303.5(a) and (f) of this... (c)(8) through (10) of this chapter; location of non-custodial parents under § 303.3 of this chapter...

  4. The Sea of Simulation: Improving Naval Shiphandling Training and Readiness through Game-Based Learning

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2012-03-01

    Officer SWOI Surface Warfare Officer Introduction SWOS Surface Warfare Officers School xvii TFT Thin Film Transistor ULTRA Unit Level Training...designed the experiment , including participants, procedures, facilities selection, and materials. Chapter IV: Results and Discussion. This chapter...contains the results of experimentation and an interpretation of those results . Chapter V: Conclusions. This chapter provides an overall assessment

  5. Surface modification and multiple exciton generation studies of lead(II) sulfide nanoparticles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zemke, Jennifer M.

    2011-12-01

    Solar energy is a green alternative to fossil fuels but solar technologies to date have been plagued by low conversion efficiencies and high input costs making solar power inaccessible to much of the developing world. Semiconductor nanoparticles (NPs) may provide a route to efficient, economical solar devices through a phenomenon called multiple exciton generation (MEG). Through MEG, semiconductor NPs use a high-energy input photon to create more than one exciton (electron-hole pair) per photon absorbed, thereby exhibiting large photoconversion efficiencies. While MEG has been studied in many NP systems, and we understand some of the factors that affect MEG, a rigorous analysis of the NP-ligand interface with respect to MEG is missing. This dissertation describes how the NP ligand shell directly affects MEG and subsequent charge carrier recombination. Chapter I describes the motivation for studying MEG with respect to NP surface chemistry. Chapter II provides an in-depth overview of the transient absorption experiment used to measure MEG in the NP samples. Chapter III highlights the effect of oleic acid and sodium 2, 3-dimercaptopropane sulfonate on MEG in PbS NPs. The differences in carrier recombination were accounted for by two differences between these ligands: the coordinating atom and/or the secondary structure of the ligand. Because of these hypotheses, experiments were designed to elucidate the origin of these effects by controlling the NP ligand shell. Chapter IV details a viable synthetic route to thiol and amine-capped PbS NPs using sodium 3-mercaptopropane sulfonate as an intermediate ligand. With the versatile ligand exchange described in Chapter IV, the MEG yield and carrier recombination was investigated for ligands with varying headgroups but the same secondary structure. The correlation of ligand donor atom to MEG is outlined in Chapter V. Finally, Chapter VI discusses the conclusions and future outlook of the research reported in this dissertation. This dissertation includes previously published and unpublished co-authored material.

  6. An Examination of the Science Curriculum As It Reflects Social/Industrial Change: A Proposal for Curriculum Involving Social Interactions and Utilitarian Outcomes.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Seale, Thomas Scott

    Chapter I of this master's thesis examines aspects of the changing lifestyle that was inaugerated by the Industrial and Scientific Revolutions. Chapter II picks up the transition in general schooling that accompanied the revolutions. Chapter III traces the role of the evolving science curricula in this transition. Chapter IV presents proposals…

  7. This is How it Was...: In Four Parts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kogan, Ilya

    The following sections are included: * Part I - End of Childhood * Chapter 1 - A Thousand Years Before Our Era. June 15, 1941 * Chapter 2 - Farewell Childhood! August 18, 1941 * Chapter 3 - And They Came, Scourged By the Sun… Germans August 1941-June 1942 * Chapter 4 - Hell. Third Month in Hell. June 17, 1942 - October 31, 1942 * Chapter 5 - Third Day of the New Era. Policeman. November 3, 1942 * Chapter 6 - Happy Holiday, My Son! November 7, 1942 * Chapter 7 - My Dear Grachiki! November 13, 1942 * Chapter 8 - Mikhailovna and Pronya. Kettle. March 1943 * Chapter 9 - The Last… * Part II - Stalingrad * Part III - Glazov * Part IV - Kaddish

  8. A Study of Mandarin Loanwords: Lexical Stratification, Adaptation and Factors

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kim, Tae Eun

    2012-01-01

    This dissertation is about Chinese loanwords. It is mainly divided into two parts. Part I is a general discussion about loanwords in Chinese; Chapter I and II belong to the first part. Part II is a discussion about the analyses of Mandarin loanwords originating from English. Chapter III, IV, and V are all related to the second part. Chapter VI is…

  9. Increasing Slew Performance of Reaction Wheel Attitude Control Systems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-09-01

    vectors in any arbitrary direction creates the momentum envelope (Chapter IV). The shape of the reaction wheel momentum envelope is a polyhedron [15...performance. This procedural limitation further reduces the operable reaction wheel momentum space polyhedron to the largest inscribed sphere, which...respective plane. These minima are also the global minima, each marked in magenta. The four-wheel polyhedron is again shown in three orthogonal views in

  10. Biennial Survey of Education in the United States, 1928-1930. Bulletin, 1931, No. 20. Volume II. [Chapter IV - Index

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Office of Education, United States Department of the Interior, 1932

    1932-01-01

    This document contains the four concluding chapters and index of the Biennial Survey of Education, covering the years 1928-1930. Chapter 4, Statistics of universities, colleges, and professional schools, 1929-30, is made up of three parts: (1) Personnel, receipts, and property (Emery M. Foster and Frederick J. Kelley); (2) Expenditures (Henry G.…

  11. Industrial Sector Technology Use Model (ISTUM): industrial energy use in the United States, 1974-2000. Volume 4. Technology appendix. Final Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Not Available

    1979-10-01

    Volume IV of the ISTUM documentation gives information on the individual technology specifications, but relates closely with Chapter II of Volume I. The emphasis in that chapter is on providing an overview of where each technology fits into the general-model logic. Volume IV presents the actual cost structure and specification of every technology modeled in ISTUM. The first chapter presents a general overview of the ISTUM technology data base. It includes an explanation of the data base printouts and how the separate-cost building blocks are combined to derive an aggregate-technology cost. The remaining chapters are devoted to documenting the specific-technologymore » cost specifications. Technologies included are: conventional technologies (boiler and non-boiler conventional technologies); fossil-energy technologies (atmospheric fluidized bed combustion, low Btu coal and medium Btu coal gasification); cogeneration (steam, machine drive, and electrolytic service sectors); and solar and geothermal technologies (solar steam, solar space heat, and geothermal steam technologies), and conservation technologies.« less

  12. GUIDE-0: An Experimental Information System.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Murai, Shinnichi

    A description is provided of GUIDE-0, an experimental information system. The system serves as a bibliographic aid for students who are taking introductory computer science courses whose material is at least partially implemented via PLATO-IV lessons. Following a brief introduction to the system in Chapter I, the second Chapter describes the…

  13. 45 CFR 2525.20 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... this chapter: AmeriCorps education award. For the purposes of this section, the term AmeriCorps education award means the financial assistance available under parts 2526 through 2528 of this chapter for... cost of attendance has the same meaning as in title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended...

  14. 45 CFR 2525.20 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... this chapter: AmeriCorps education award. For the purposes of this section, the term AmeriCorps education award means the financial assistance available under parts 2526 through 2528 of this chapter for... cost of attendance has the same meaning as in title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended...

  15. Calculus of Elementary Functions, Part IV. Teacher's Commentary. Preliminary Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Herriot, Sarah T.; And Others

    This teacher's guide is designed for use with the SMSG textbook "Calculus of Elementary Functions." It contains solutions to exercises found in Chapter 9, Integration Theory and Technique; Chapter 10, Simple Differential Equations; Appendix 5, Area and Integral; Appendix 6; Appendix 7, Continuity Theory; and Appendix 8, More About…

  16. The Coast Artillery Journal. Volume 57, Number 6, December 1922

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1922-12-01

    theorems ; Chapter III, to application; Chapters IV, V and VI, to infinitesimals and differentials, trigonometric functions, and logarithms and...taneously." There are chapters on complex numbers with simple and direct discussion of the roots of unity; on elementary theorems on the roots of an...through the centuries from the time of Pythagoras , an interest shared on the one extreme by nearly every noted mathematician and on the other extreme by

  17. 46 CFR 10.227 - Requirements for renewal.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... part 5 of this chapter or if facts that would render a renewal improper have come to the attention of... this part; (C) Complete an approved refresher training course; or (D) Present evidence of employment in... renewal of an officer endorsement as first-class pilot are contained in § 11.713 of this chapter. (iv) An...

  18. Agricultural Development Workers Training Manual. Volume IV. Livestock.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bacon, Neil; And Others

    This training manual, the last volume in a four-volume series for use in training Peace Corps workers, deals with livestock. The first chapter provides suggested guidelines for setting up and carrying out the livestock component of the agricultural development worker training course. Included in the second chapter are lesson plans covering the…

  19. Personal Information Search on Mobile Devices

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2007-09-01

    Networking .....................28 a. Bluetooth ...............................28 b. Infrared ................................29 2. Mobile Data...Also in this chapter, the connection techniques and schemes including Bluetooth , GPRS, Wi-Fi will be discussed. Chapter IV is devoted to a...characteristics of mobile devices. Recent advances in networking technologies such as 802.11 and Bluetooth enable these new mobile devices to connect to

  20. Navy Family Advocacy Program. Appendix. Analysis of Central Registry Reports.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1983-12-01

    2/76) 2 Suspected Abuzso/Malect/Sexua1 Assault an ae2404 65.) "Suspected Abuso /Neglect/ Sexual Assault and Rape Report" 2226 60.5 NAVMED 6320/15A...ANALYSIS OF SEXUAL ASSAULT REPORTS ........... 50 HAPTER V: SUMAY ANALYSIS Or rAMILY ADVOCACY PROGRAM REPORTS . 56 APPENDIX...cont’d)I PAGE CHAPTER IV: SEXUAL ASSAULT TV-1 Fore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 IV-2 Type of Maltreatment ............... 53 IV-3

  1. Diffusion of pent-1-ene (1); air (2)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winkelmann, J.

    This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) pent-1-ene; (2) air

  2. Proprietary Schools and Student Financial Aid Programs: Background and Policy Issues. Congressional Report for Congress.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fraas, Charlotte J.

    This report examines some of the major issues that Congress is likely to confront in considering future use of student aid programs by proprietary school students. Chapter 1 presents an historical overview of proprietary school participation in Title IV student aid programs and Chapter 2 explores the current participation of proprietary school…

  3. German Women in the Five New Lander: Employment and Entrepreneurship

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-12-01

    AD-A259 101 GERMAN WOMEN IN THE FIVE NEW LANDER: EMPLOYMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP * DTIC_S EECTE = EC31992 J Maella Blalock Lohman Ai U Submitted to...iv II II TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1: Introduction ................................ 1 Women Entrepreneurs ...................... 4 Entrepreneurship ...and Family Life ......... 19 Entrepreneurship in the GDR ............. 25 CHAPTER 3: Present Conditions ......................... 31 Unemployment and

  4. Alternative Methods of Base Level Demand Forecasting for Economic Order Quantity Items,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-12-01

    Note .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 AdaptivC Single Exponential Smooti-ing ........ 21 Choosing the Smoothiing Constant... methodology used in the study, an analysis of results, .And a detailed summary. Chapter I. Methodology , contains a description o the data, a...Chapter IV. Detailed Summary, presents a detailed summary of the findings, lists the limitations inherent in the 7’" research methodology , and

  5. 40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...

  6. 40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...

  7. Decomposition of Time Scales in Linear Systems and Markovian Decision Processes.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-11-01

    this research. I, 3 iv U TABLE OF CONTENTS *Chapter Page *-1. INTRODUCTION .................................................. 1 2. EIGENSTRUCTTJRE...Components ..... o....... 16 2.4. Ordering of State Variables.. ......... ........ 20 2.5. Example - 8th Order Power System Model................ 22 3 ...results. In Chapter 3 we consider the time scale decomposition of singularly perturbed systems. For this problem (1.1) takes the form 12 + u (1.4) 2

  8. Diffusion of 4-methyl-pent-3-en-2-one (1); air (2)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winkelmann, J.

    This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) 4-methyl-pent-3-en-2-one; (2) air

  9. Child Support Enforcement (9th Annual Report to Congress for the Period Ending September 30, 1984).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Office of Child Support Enforcement (DHHS), Washington, DC.

    Described in this report are fiscal year 1984 activities of the Child Support Enforcement (CSE) program, a program established in 1975 as part D of title IV of the Social Security Act. Following an executive summary, chapter I describes the mission and organization of the CSE. Chapter II reviews the child support enforcement amendments of 1984,…

  10. Unstructured High-Order Galerkin-Temporal- Boundary Methods for the Klein-Gordon Equation with Non-Reflecting Boundary Conditions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-06-01

    9 C. Conservation of Momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1. Gravity Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2...describe the high-order spectral element method used to discretize the problem in space (up to 16th order polynomials ) in Chapter IV. Chapter V discusses...inertial frame. Body forces are those acting on the fluid volume that are proportional to the mass. The body forces considered here are gravity and

  11. FMCW Radar Jamming Techniques and Analysis

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-09-01

    an education system that is compacted with various radar capabilities, the circuitry does not provide the full functionality of each type of radar as...example of a typical FMCW architecture. The hardware components and their functionalities are explained individually in the order of the signal processing...drawn. Chapter IV presents a MATLAB model that emulates the functionality of the homodyne FMCW radar discussed in Chapter II. The model design and

  12. Diffusion of cis-5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic acid (1); carbon dioxide (2)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winkelmann, J.

    This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) cis-5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic acid; (2) carbon dioxide

  13. 42 CFR 418.110 - Condition of participation: Hospices that provide inpatient care directly.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... populations; and (iv) The dispensers are installed in accordance with chapter 18.3.2.7 or chapter 19.3.2.7 of... limits for up to a total of 24 hours: (A) 4 hours for adults 18 years of age or older; (B) 2 hours for...-face by an assigned, trained staff member; or (ii) By trained staff using both video and audio...

  14. The Army Communicator and Mass Communication Law: An Analysis of Organizational and Personal Liability

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-01-01

    iv Chapter I. INTRODUCTION.....................1 II. MILITARY PERSONNEL AND FREEDOM OF SPEECH . . . 7 III. ACCESS TO MILITARY INFORMATION...U.S. Army, Washington, DC, 26 January 1988. 6 CHAPTER II MILITARY PERSONNEL AND FREEDOM OF SPEECH The First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution states...34Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech , or of the press .... ,6 On initial examination, it would seem the Founding Fathers

  15. Diffusion of cis-3-methyl-2-pent-2-enyl-cyclopent-2-enone (1); carbon dioxide (2)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winkelmann, J.

    This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) cis-3-methyl-2-pent-2-enyl-cyclopent-2-enone; (2) carbon dioxide

  16. Developing a Campaign Plan to Target Centers of Gravity Within Economic Systems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1995-05-01

    Conclusion 67 CHAPTER 7: CURRENT AND FUTURE CONCERNS 69 Decision Making and Planning 69 Conclusion 72 CHAPTER 8: CONCLUSION 73 APPENDIX A: STATISTICS 80...Terminology and Statistical Tests 80 Country Analysis 84 APPENDIX B 154 BIBLIOGRAPHY 157 VITAE 162 IV LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Air Campaign...This project furthers the original statistical effort and adds to this a campaign planning approach (including both systems and operational level

  17. 10 CFR 218.10 - Rule.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... necessary for implementation of the obligations of the United States under chapters III and IV of the IEP that relate to the mandatory international allocation of oil by IEP participating countries. (b) Any...

  18. Schwinger terms from external field problems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ekstrand, Christian

    1999-01-01

    The current algebra for second quantized chiral fermions in an external eld contains Schwinger terms. These are studied in two di erent ways. Both are non-perturbative and valid for arbitrary odd dimension of the physical space, although explicit expressions are only given for lower dimensions. The thesis is an introductory text to the four appended research papers. In the rst two papers, Schwinger terms are studied by realizing gauge transformations as linear operators acting on sections of the bundle of Fock spaces parametrized byvector potentials. Bosons and fermions are mixed in a Z2-graded fashion. Charged particles are considered in the rst paper and neutral particles in the second. In the the third and the fourth paper, Schwinger terms are identi ed with cocycles obtained from the family index theorem for a manifold with boundary. A generating form for the covariant anomaly and Schwinger term is obtained in the third paper. The rst three papers consider Yang-Mills while the fourth (in cooperation with Jouko Mickelsson) also includes gravitation. Key words: Schwinger terms, external anomaly, Z2-grading, index theory. eld problems, higher dimensions, chiral iii iv Preface This thesis will be about Schwinger terms. It is terms that appear in equal time commutators of currents in quantum eld theory. As a mathematical physicist I nd it hard to write a thesis about this subject. Both the physical and mathematical aspects should preferably be covered. Ihavedecided to focus on some of the mathematical tools that the Schwinger term and the closely related chiral anomaly have in common. This is part of what I have learned during the years 1994{1999 as a graduate student attheRoyal Institute of Technology. The following conventions and assumptions will be made throughout the thesis: All manifolds are assumed to be second countable and Hausdor . They are assumed to be paracompact whenever a partition of unity argument is needed. In nite-dimensional manifolds are also considered unless stated otherwise. The physical space (-time) M is real while all other manifolds and (mathematical) elds are assumed to be complex if nothing is said about them. All manifolds, bre bundles and sections are assumed to be smooth unless explicitly stated otherwise. The restriction operator to local neighbourhoods will be suppressed when convenient. The content of the thesis will now be described brie y. Chapter 1 contains a short introduction to anomalies. Basic ideas behind index theorems and determinant bundles are reviewed in 2. Mathematical ideas which are not very well-known are used there, and the text can therefore be considered as quite `heavy'. The reader who is satis ed with a short discussion about the (family) index theorem should therefore not read this chapter but rather consult section 2inPaper IV or some of the various physics articles that reviews the matter, for instance [1{5]. The cohomological meaning of transgression, and related homomorphisms, is covered by chapter 3. This chapter is independent of the previous one and is not absolutely necessary for the rest of the thesis. Then, in chapter 4, the mathematical structure of a gauge theory is developed. This part is independent of the previous chapters. It is further explained how the family index theorem can be applied. Using these results, the chiral anomaly and the Schwinger term are calculated in chapter 5. Finally, inchapter 6, the Schwinger term is de ned and discussed. It is done by viewing it as an obstruction in the lift of the action of the gauge group from the space of gauge connections to the Fock bundle. This chapter is independent of the previous ones. The thesis contains four appended research papers, henceforth referred to as Papers I{IV. Complementary material to Papers I and II can be found in chapter 6. Chapter 2{5 serves as background material for Papers III and IV. v List of Papers I Christian Ekstrand, Z2-Graded Cocycles in Higher Dimensions, Lett. Math. Phys. 43, 359 (1998) II Christian Ekstrand, Neutral Particles and Schwinger Terms, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9903148) III Christian Ekstrand, A Simple Algebraic Derivation of the Covariant Anomaly and Schwinger Term, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9903147) IV Christian Ekstrand and Jouko Mickelsson, Gravitational Anomalies, Gerbes and Hamiltonian Quantization, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9904189)

  19. Quantification of Energy Release in Composite Structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Minnetyan, Levon

    2003-01-01

    Energy release rate is usually suggested as a quantifier for assessing structural damage tolerance. Computational prediction of energy release rate is based on composite mechanics with micro-stress level damage assessment, finite element structural analysis and damage progression tracking modules. This report examines several issues associated with energy release rates in composite structures as follows: Chapter I demonstrates computational simulation of an adhesively bonded composite joint and validates the computed energy release rates by comparison with acoustic emission signals in the overall sense. Chapter II investigates the effect of crack plane orientation with respect to fiber direction on the energy release rates. Chapter III quantifies the effects of contiguous constraint plies on the residual stiffness of a 90 ply subjected to transverse tensile fractures. Chapter IV compares ICAN and ICAN/JAVA solutions of composites. Chapter V examines the effects of composite structural geometry and boundary conditions on damage progression characteristics.

  20. Quantification of Energy Release in Composite Structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Minnetyan, Levon; Chamis, Christos C. (Technical Monitor)

    2003-01-01

    Energy release rate is usually suggested as a quantifier for assessing structural damage tolerance. Computational prediction of energy release rate is based on composite mechanics with micro-stress level damage assessment, finite element structural analysis and damage progression tracking modules. This report examines several issues associated with energy release rates in composite structures as follows: Chapter I demonstrates computational simulation of an adhesively bonded composite joint and validates the computed energy release rates by comparison with acoustic emission signals in the overall sense. Chapter II investigates the effect of crack plane orientation with respect to fiber direction on the energy release rates. Chapter III quantifies the effects of contiguous constraint plies on the residual stiffness of a 90 deg ply subjected to transverse tensile fractures. Chapter IV compares ICAN and ICAN/JAVA solutions of composites. Chapter V examines the effects of composite structural geometry and boundary conditions on damage progression characteristics.

  1. Construction Norms and Regulations. Part III. Section I. Chapter 1. Part II. Section I. Chapter 2 (Stroitel’nyye Normy i Pravila. Chast’ III. Razdel I. Glava 1. Chast’ II. Razdel I. Glava 2),

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-06-26

    of the Ministry of Inland Water Transportation of the RSFSR with participation of the Central Scientific Research Institute and the Construction... Articles . General Indicators" I-V.5.2-62, "Reinforced-Concrete Articles for Structures" and the regulations of this chapter which supplement them. 9.2...Department of Scientific and Technical Literature at SOYUZKNIG. 58 Ct R.C’lTI : NOR’,IS AND RIGULATrONS I\\. I. Pal ’ch ikov, S . P. Antonov , Editors

  2. Bugs & Drugs: Chemi-Bio Terrorism & the U.S. Government

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2002-05-01

    APPARENT ADBICATION OF THAT ROLE AND ALLOWING THE PRIVATE SECTOR , IN PARTICULAR, THE MEDIA TO ASSUME THE LEAD IN EDUCATING THE PUBLIC. 15. NUMBER OF...12 CHAPTER 3 The Private Sector Response 28 CHAPTER 4 Where to from Here…? 35 GLOSSARY 41 BIBLIOGRAPHY 46 iv PREFACE 11 September 2001 is...the apparent abdication of that role in favor of allowing the private sector , in particular, the media to assume the lead in informing the public

  3. A Search for Wave Induced Particle Precipitation from Lightning and Transmitter Sources

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-01-01

    Observed and Modeled Event 50 Transmitter Whistler Sources 58 Summary 60 Chapter 4 The Wave Induced Particle Precipitation Campaign Instrumentation 63...101 ’ iii - k~rUM-rIF%9www Chapter 7 Summary and Conclusions Summary 102 Conclusions 105 Bibliography 107 iv LIST OF TABLES Number Page 1. Model ...Precipitation Bursts 56 2. X-Ray Detector Differential Channels 75 vB -- - -- - LIST OF FIGURES Number Page 1. Global Electrical circuit 2 2. Vertical

  4. Progress in coherent lithography using table-top extreme ultraviolet lasers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Wei

    Nanotechnology has drawn a wide variety of attention as interesting phenomena occurs when the dimension of the structures is in the nanometer scale. The particular characteristics of nanoscale structures had enabled new applications in different fields in science and technology. Our capability to fabricate these nanostructures routinely for sure will impact the advancement of nanoscience. Apart from the high volume manufacturing in semiconductor industry, a small-scale but reliable nanofabrication tool can dramatically help the research in the field of nanotechnology. This dissertation describes alternative extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography techniques which combine table-top EUV laser and various cost-effective imaging strategies. For each technique, numerical simulations, system design, experiment result and its analysis will be presented. In chapter II, a brief review of the main characteristics of table-top EUV lasers will be addressed concentrating on its high power and large coherence radius that enable the lithography application described herein. The development of a Talbot EUV lithography system which is capable of printing 50nm half pitch nanopatterns will be illustrated in chapter III. A detailed discussion of its resolution limit will be presented followed by the development of X-Y-Z positioning stage, the fabrication protocol for diffractive EUV mask, and the pattern transfer using self- developed ion beam etching, and the dose control unit. In addition, this dissertation demonstrated the capability to fabricate functional periodic nanostructures using Talbot EUV lithography. After that, resolution enhancement techniques like multiple exposure, displacement Talbot EUV lithography, fractional Talbot EUV lithography, and Talbot lithography using 18.9nm amplified spontaneous emission laser will be demonstrated. Chapter IV will describe a hybrid EUV lithography which combines the Talbot imaging and interference lithography rendering a high resolution interference pattern whose lattice is modified by a custom designed Talbot mask. In other words, this method enables filling the arbitrary Talbot cell with ultra-fine interference nanofeatures. Detailed optics modeling, system design and experiment results using He-Ne laser and table top EUV laser are included. The last part of chapter IV will analyze its exclusive advantages over traditional Talbot or interference lithography.

  5. A Study of Selected Problems in Armor Operations

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1978-11-01

    of external environmental cond~tions on the internal environment of a buttoned-up tank. Another effort was a study of problems in escape and...Test site configuration: Study II ......... ... IV-16 FIG. IVT4. Mean time to lay on target .... ........ .... IV-20 TABLES Chapter III Table III-I...L., and Ton, W. H. Study of the Psychological (and Associated Physiological) Effjcts on a Tank Crew Resulting From Being Buttoned Up, ARI Research

  6. Handbook of ecotoxicology

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Hoffman, David J.; Rattner, Barnett A.; Burton, G. Allen; Cairns, John

    1995-01-01

    The Handbook of Ecotoxicology offers 34 chapters with contributions from over 50 selected international experts. The book is divided into four major sections: I. Quantifying and Measuring Ecotoxicological Effects, II. Contaminant Sources and Effects, III. Case Histories and Ecosystem Surveys, and IV. Methods for Making Estimates and Predictability in Ecotoxicology. Concepts and methodology are presented for many types of aquatic and terrestrial ecotoxicity test protocols for both controlled and field assessments. Chapters are offered on such diverse topics as sediment and soil ecotoxicity, landscape indicators, biomonitoring, and use of current bioindicators. The roles of deforestation and global warming, pathogens and disease in ecotoxicology, abiotic factors, urban runoff, predictive ecotoxicology, population modeling, and restoration ecology are discussed. This book was designed to serve as a reference book for students entering the fields of ecotoxicology, aquatic toxicology, terrestrial wildlife toxicology, and other environmental sciences. Many portions of this handbook will serve as a convenient reference text for established investigators, resource managers, and those involved in risk assessment and risk management within regulatory agencies and the private sector.

  7. Production Systems as a Programming Language for Artificial Intelligence Applications. Volume II.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-12-01

    assumed that the reader has some familiarity with Volume I of this report, which discusses the goals and conclusions of the thesis as a whole, and...the stimulus. This will be illustrated in Chapter IV of this thesis .) The result of these design features is a PS that is more concise than EPAM, both... thesis , which contains other references and a more thorough discussion. The object-filing process is actually an advance in EPAM design over Chapter ilL

  8. Forecasting Flying Hour Costs of the B-1, B-2, and the B-52 Bomber Aircraft

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2008-03-01

    reject the null hypothesis that the residuals are normally distributed. Likewise, in the Breusch Pagan test , a p-value greater than 0.05 means we...normality or constant variance, it will be noted in the results tables in Chapter IV. The Shapiro Wilk and Breusch Pagan tests are also very...the model; and • the results of the Shapiro Wilk, Breusch Pagan , and Durbin Watson tests . Summary This chapter outlines the methodology used in

  9. Was It Really Worth Pain? Refurbishment of Mercedes-Benz Trucks by Botswana Defence Force

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2005-12-01

    staff, especially those who were involved in rework, was their inability to access the fleet management system Mincom Ellipse database. Access to...CHAPTER IV This chapter analyzes the survey/questionnaires that were sent to the users, the project middle managers, and the CMER. The CMER was a de ...transferred directly to the BDF; they were accessed from a fund set up for the project. This enabled the project manager to have versatility in the

  10. 5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...

  11. 5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...

  12. 5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...

  13. 5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...

  14. 5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...

  15. Urban Water Conservation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moomaw, Ronald L.

    According to its abstract, this book attempts ‘an assessment of various water conservation measures aimed at reducing residential water usage.’ Its intent is to develop a research program whose ‘ultimate goal is to engender a conservation ethic among water users and managers and develop a predictable array of conservation methodologies. …’ Professor Flack indeed has presented an excellent assessment of conservation methodologies, but I believe that the proposed research program is too limited.Following a brief introductory chapter, chapter II presents an extensive review of the water conservation literature published in the 1970's and earlier. It and chapter III, which describes Flack's systematic comparison of the technical, economic, and political aspects of each conservation methodology, are the heart of the book. Chapter IV is a brief discussion and analysis of conservation programs (with examples) that a water utility might adopt. Chapter V is essentially a pilot study of methods of assessing political and social feasibility. Finally, a set of recommendations is presented in chapter VI. All in all, this book is a nice blend of literature review and original research that deals with an important issue.

  16. First principles calculation of material properties of group IV elements and III-V compounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malone, Brad Dean

    This thesis presents first principles calculations on the properties of group IV elements and group III-V compounds. It includes investigations into what structure a material is likely to form in, and given that structure, what are its electronic, optical, and lattice dynamical properties as well as what are the properties of defects that might be introduced into the sample. The thesis is divided as follows: • Chapter 1 contains some of the conceptual foundations used in the present work. These involve the major approximations which allow us to approach the problem of systems with huge numbers of interacting electrons and atomic cores. • Then, in Chapter 2, we discuss one of the major limitations to the DFT formalism introduced in Chapter 1, namely its inability to predict the quasiparticle spectra of materials and in particular the band gap of a semiconductor. We introduce a Green's function approach to the electron self-energy Sigma known as the GW approximation and use it to compute the quasiparticle band structures of a number of group IV and III-V semiconductors. • In Chapter 3 we present a first-principles study of a number of high-pressure metastable phases of Si with tetrahedral bonding. The phases studied include all experimentally determined phases that result from decompression from the metallic beta-Sn phase, specifically the BC8 (Si-III), hexagonal diamond (Si-IV), and R8 (Si-XII). In addition to these, we also study the hypothetical ST12 structure found upon decompression from beta-Sn in germanium. • Our attention is then turned to the first principles calculations of optical properties in Chapter 4. The Bethe-Salpeter equation is then solved to obtain the optical spectrum of this material including electron-hole interactions. The calculated optical spectrum is compared with experimental data for other forms of silicon commonly used in photovoltaic devices, namely the cubic, polycrystalline, and amorphous forms. • In Chapter 5 we present first principles calculations of the quasiparticle and optical excitation spectra of recently predicted silicon and germanium polytypes in the body-centered-tetragonal (bct) structure. The quasiparticle spectra calculated within the GW approximation predict that both silicon and germanium in the bct structure are small band gap materials. The optical spectra are then evaluated by solving the Bethe-Salpeter equation taking into account. • We examine the low-pressure phases of Ge in Chapter 6 by performing first principles calculations of the electronic structure and lattice dynamics of the R8, BC8, ST12, and hexagonal diamond structures of Ge. To aid future experimental investigation, we include predictions of the Raman-active frequencies of these phases as well as present the full phonon dispersion throughout the zone. • In Chapter 7 we demonstrate how first principles calculations can be used to predict new structures. In a study aimed at finding new useful forms of silicon, we use an ab initio random structure searching (AIRSS) method to identify a new phase of silicon in the Ibamstructure. The Ibam phase is found to be semimetallic within density functional theory with a small band overlap, and it is expected that quasiparticle corrections using the GW approximation would yield a semiconducting state with a small band gap. • We present a first-principles study of boron and phosphorus substitutional defects in Si-XII in Chapter 8. Recent result from nanoindentation experiments reveal that the Si-XII phase is semiconducting and has the interesting property that it can be doped n- and p-type at room temperature without an annealing step. Using the hybrid functional of Heyd, Scuseria, and Ernzerhof (HSE), we examine the formation energies of the B and P defects at the two distinct atomic sites in Si-XII to find on which site the substitutional defects are more easily accommodated. We also estimate the thermodynamic transition levels of each defect in its relevant charge states. (Abstract shortened by UMI.).

  17. A virtual clean room to teach USP 797 regulations for intravenous medications.

    PubMed

    Patel, Sheetal; Vincent, Ashley H; Abel, Steven R; Jacobs, Carolyn M; Dunlop, Steven R; Seibert, Megan

    2011-02-10

    To provide a virtual environment for pharmacy students to learn United States Pharmacopeia Chapter 797 (USP 797) requirements, while recognizing the role of pharmacists in the safe use of intravenous (IV) medications. A virtual laboratory was created that included stations for IV medications, product verification, medication safety, and patient cases pertaining to high-alert medications. Pharmacy students used 3-D glasses and a wireless controller to navigate through the session and identify violations of USP 797 regulations. Pre-assessments and post-assessments were administered to students who completed the session in each of the 2 years it was offered. In the first year, 88% of students strongly agreed or agreed that the sessions met their expectation. Following their APPE clerkship, 92% of these students felt the virtual IV room prepared them for the IV clean room experience. In the second year, 88% of students felt the experience enhanced their understanding of clean room procedures. After session completion, 75% of participants perceived medication errors to be more significant. Written examinations also were administered and students' mean scores improved significantly compared to those of students' prior to implementation of the session (89.6% in year 0; 91.2% in year 1; and 96.1% in year 2). The immersive virtual environment is a contemporary and effective way to teach USP 797 requirements and enhance the awareness of medication errors.

  18. A Virtual Clean Room to Teach USP 797 Regulations for Intravenous Medications

    PubMed Central

    Patel, Sheetal; Abel, Steven R.; Jacobs, Carolyn M.; Dunlop, Steven R.; Seibert, Megan

    2011-01-01

    Objective To provide a virtual environment for pharmacy students to learn United States Pharmacopeia Chapter 797 (USP 797) requirements, while recognizing the role of pharmacists in the safe use of intravenous (IV) medications. Design A virtual laboratory was created that included stations for IV medications, product verification, medication safety, and patient cases pertaining to high-alert medications. Pharmacy students used 3-D glasses and a wireless controller to navigate through the session and identify violations of USP 797 regulations. Assessment Preassessments and postassessments were administered to students who completed the session in each of the 2 years it was offered. In the first year, 88% of students strongly agreed or agreed that the sessions met their expectation. Following their APPE clerkship, 92% of these students felt the virtual IV room prepared them for the IV clean room experience. In the second year, 88% of students felt the experience enhanced their understanding of clean room procedures. After session completion, 75% of participants perceived medication errors to be more significant. Written examinations also were administered and students' mean scores improved significantly compared to those of students' prior to implementation of the session (89.6% in year 0; 91.2% in year 1; and 96.1% in year 2). Conclusion The immersive virtual environment is a contemporary and effective way to teach USP 797 requirements and enhance the awareness of medication errors. PMID:21451759

  19. The effects of physicochemical properties of CeO2 nanoparticles on toxicity to soil denitrification processes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dahle, Jessica Teague

    The studies presented in this thesis identify the impact of NP CeO 2 on soil denitrifying microbial communities and reveal that physical and chemical characteristics including particle size, speciation, concentration, pH, and presence of ligands are key to predicting environmental fate and reactivity of NP CeO2 in the soil. A review of the literature in Chapter 1 revealed a widespread lack of toxicological information for soil exposures to NP CeO2. Soil denitrifying bacteria are a keystone species because they serve an important role in the global nitrogen cycle controlling the atmospheric nitrogen input. Soil denitrifiers are important to this study because the reducing conditions during denitrification could induce phase transformation of Ce(IV) to Ce(III), potentially influencing the toxicity of Ce. Cerium is well known for being the only lanthanide that is thermodynamically stable in both the trivalent and tetravalent state in low temperature geochemical environments. Using well characterized NP Ce(IV)O 2 as well as bulk soluble Ce(III), batch denitrification experiments were conducted to evaluate the toxicity of Ce species to the denitrifying community in a Toccoa sandy loam soil. The statistical analysis on the antimicrobial effect on soil denitrifiers was conducted using both steady-state evaluation and zero-order kinetic models in order to compare the toxicity of the Ce(III) species to the NPs. These studies, presented in Chapter 3, show that soluble Ce(III) is far more toxic than Ce(IV)O2 NPs when an equal total concentration of Ce is used, though both species exhibit toxicity to the denitrifiers via statistically significant inhibition of soil denitrification processes. Particle-size dependent toxicity, species-dependent toxicity, and concentration-dependent toxicity were all observed in this study for both the steady-state and the kinetic evaluations. The possibility of toxicity enhancement and diminishment via dissolution and ligand complexation pathways was investigated thoroughly in Chapter 2. In addition to the equilibrium and kinetic-based toxicological assessments presented in Chapter 1, dissolution and sorption experiments were performed to gain an overall understanding of Ce biogeochemistry in the terrestrial environment post-release and reveal possible geochemical controls on toxicity. It was shown that dissolution of bioavailable Ce is pH-dependent; dissolution is only detectable at acidic pH values (< pH 5) and increases with increasing acidity. Dissolution of Ce from NP CeO2 was identified to be almost 100% Ce(III). It was also demonstrated that this dissolution is suppressed by the addition of phosphate ligand, which is largely bioavailable in soils, especially in agricultural lands. This suppression was explained by the strong sorption of phosphate ligand to NP CeO2. The elimination of bioavailable Ce(III) release from NP CeO2 by phosphate ligand is likely one of the most important controls on toxicity effects and should be a large consideration in determining the fate and transport of NP CeO2 in the aquatic and terrestrial environment. It was also demonstrated that both Ce(III) and NP CeO2 have extremely strong affinity for sorption to soil matter, which could serve as another controlling pathway. Experiments indicated that factors such as reductive transformation of NP CeO2 in soils and exchangeable Ce(III) impurity in the NPs could contribute to controls on toxicity as well. In conclusion, the studies presented in this thesis indicate that the toxicity effects of the studied Ce species to soil denitrifiers are strongly affected by physical and chemical characteristics such as speciation, pH, and bioavailable ligands. As the global market for nanomaterials rapidly expands, so does the need of the scientific community for an understanding of how these influences in environmental fate and reactivity may be key in assessing toxicological risks associated with environmental exposures to NP CeO2 as well as other engineered metal oxide nanoparticles. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  20. Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Licata, Nicholas A.

    2008-05-01

    In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

  1. 47 CFR 2.1204 - Import conditions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... section, written approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC; and... approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC. (iv) Distinctly... fewer radio receivers, computers, or other unintentional radiators as defined in part 15 of this chapter...

  2. 47 CFR 2.1204 - Import conditions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... section, written approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC; and... approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC. (iv) Distinctly... fewer radio receivers, computers, or other unintentional radiators as defined in part 15 of this chapter...

  3. DIVWAG Model Documentation. Volume II. Programmer/Analyst Manual. Part 3. Chapter 7 Through 8.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-07-01

    platoon area is circular. 2. The center of impact of the volley coincides with the center of the circular platoon area. (c) The fraction ( PHIT ) of rounds of...the volley expected to fall within the platoon area then is calculated as: PHIT = 1 - exp (-APLAT/27rr 2 ), where APLAT is the area (in square meters...type located in the platoon area. This is accomplished as follows: IV-8-16 CASi = Ni * [I - exp (- PHIT *LAi*NOR)] (IV-8-11) where CAS, = number of losses

  4. Human Requirements of Flight. Aerospace Education III. Instructional Unit IV.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hall, Arthur D.

    This curriculum guide is prepared for the Aerospace Education III series publication entitled "Human Requirements of Flight." It provides specific guidelines for teachers using the textbook. The guidelines for each chapter are organized according to objectives (traditional and behavioral), suggested outline, orientation, suggested key…

  5. 10 CFR 218.3 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... International Energy Agency established to implement the IEP. IEP means the International Energy Program... that the President determines allocation of petroleum products to nations participating in the IEP is required by chapters III and IV of the IEP and (b) ending on a date on which he determines such allocation...

  6. 21 CFR 606.100 - Standard operating procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... or hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection when tested under § 610.40 of this chapter, or when a blood... viral clearance procedures; (iii) To notify consignees to quarantine in-date blood and blood components... are manufactured using validated viral clearance procedures; (iv) To determine the suitability for...

  7. 26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...

  8. 26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...

  9. 26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...

  10. Analysis of Fratricide in United States Naval Surface and Submarine Forces in the Second World War.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1999-09-01

    22 3. Poisson Process Applicability 29 4 . Submarines ....31 IV. THE NATURE OF NAVAL FRATRICIDE 35 A. CAUSES 35 1. Misidentification 35 2...expect to see a result similar to Figure 2b: the 7 For details of the following discussion, see Devore, Chapter 3, and Ross, Chapter 5. 29 variance of...43 YC BRANT ARS 32 28 Sep 43 Y PATTERSON DD392 29 Sep 43 YN MCCALLA DD488 29 Sep 43 YN PT126 30 Sep 43 Y O’BANNON DD450 06 Oct 43 YC DORADO SS

  11. Computer program for fast Karhunen Loeve transform algorithm

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jain, A. K.

    1976-01-01

    The fast KL transform algorithm was applied for data compression of a set of four ERTS multispectral images and its performance was compared with other techniques previously studied on the same image data. The performance criteria used here are mean square error and signal to noise ratio. The results obtained show a superior performance of the fast KL transform coding algorithm on the data set used with respect to the above stated perfomance criteria. A summary of the results is given in Chapter I and details of comparisons and discussion on conclusions are given in Chapter IV.

  12. 42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... any changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...

  13. AIDS, Alcohol & Health Care. Chapter 4.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Acampora, Alfonso P., Ed.; Nebelkopf, Ethan, Ed.

    This document contains 10 papers from the ninth World Conference of Therapeutic Communities (TC) that deal with a variety of health-related subjects. Papers include: (1) "AIDS among IV Drug Users: Epidemiology, Natural History & TC Experiences" (Don C. Des Jarlais, et al.); (2) "AIDS and Therapeutic Communities: Policy Implications" (Don C. Des…

  14. 17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.../or swap dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements...

  15. 17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.../or swap dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements...

  16. 17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE... and/or retail foreign exchange dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft...

  17. 17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE... and/or retail foreign exchange dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft...

  18. EDExpress Application Processing, 1999-2000.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Department of Education, Washington, DC.

    This document is a comprehensive guide to electronic data exchange (EDE) of Title IV student financial aid application data to and from the U.S. Department of Education. An overview chapter defines terms for processing financial aid applications through EDE, explains the seven-step process for sending and receiving data using EDE, and describes…

  19. Defining the Technology Transition Manager within the Acquisition Framework of the Department of Defense

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-03-01

    80 Discussion ...methods used to construct the survey questionnaire and discuss the data analysis methodology. Chapter IV will present the analysis of the data...2 provides a snapshot of the similarities and differences across various studies on new product development. The subsequent paragraphs will discuss

  20. 78 FR 12955 - Final Requirements, Definitions, and Selection Criteria-Native American Career and Technical...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-02-26

    ... has established under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (20 U.S.C. 6301..., cooperative education, school-based enterprises, entrepreneurship, community service learning, and job... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 34 CFR Chapter IV [Docket ID ED-2012-OVAE-0053] Final Requirements...

  1. 38 CFR 21.9505 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ...) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AND EDUCATION Post-9/11 GI Bill Definitions § 21.9505 Definitions. For the purposes... education that was substantially the same as programs of education offered to civilians; (ii) Served as a... enlistment agreement; or (iv) Counted for purposes of repayment of an education loan under 10 U.S.C. chapter...

  2. Counterinsurgency Operations

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2009-10-05

    AND SUBTITLE Counterinsurgency Operations 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT NUMBER 5c. PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER 6. AUTHOR(S) 5d. PROJECT NUMBER 5e...VI-14  Voluntary Detainee Programs ......................................................................VI-14...Reintegration Program .....VI-22 iv JP 3-24 Table of Contents CHAPTER VII COMPONENT CONTRIBUTIONS TO COUNTERINSURGENCY  Joint Counterinsurgency

  3. Order and Containment in Concurrent System Design

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2000-01-01

    Simple. I created O.C. Jones with the help of Marshell D. Jones. iv Contents List of Figures vi List of Tables viii 1 Managing Inconsistency And Complexity...chapter. My extended family and friends provided immeasurable support. Marshell D. Jones re- minded me to take graduate school and life by the reins

  4. 21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...

  5. 21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...

  6. 21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...

  7. 19 CFR 113.64 - International carrier bond conditions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... Merchandise, Supplies, Crew Purchases, Etc. The principal agrees to comply with all laws and Customs...)-(c)(1)(iv) of this chapter, incurs a penalty, duty, tax or other charge provided by law or regulation, the obligors (principal and surety, jointly and severally) agree to pay the sum upon demand by Customs...

  8. The Unprincipled War: Looking at the War on Drugs

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-06-18

    Unidad Movid de Patrullaje Rural iv CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION Drug war - reality or rhetoric? Drugs from Latin America kill an estimated 10,000...PiP), the Peruvian equivalent to the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation; the Unidad Movil de Patrullaje Rural (UMOPR), the agency charged exclusively

  9. Daily Migraine Prevention and Its Influence on Resource Utilization in the Military Health System

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2006-08-01

    Database and employed a one group pretest - posttest design of patients exposed to prevention. Each patient was followed over 18 months (6 months prior to...Framework ..............................................37 Chapter IV: Research Design and Methodology.............................38 Overview of Design...39 Data Collection ................................................................................41 Research Hypotheses

  10. Digital and multimedia forensics justified: An appraisal on professional policy and legislation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Popejoy, Amy Lynnette

    Recent progress in professional policy and legislation at the federal level in the field of forensic science constructs a transformation of new outcomes for future experts. An exploratory and descriptive qualitative methodology was used to critique and examine Digital and Multimedia Science (DMS) as a justified forensic discipline. Chapter I summarizes Recommendations 1, 2, and 10 of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) Report 2009 regarding disparities and challenges facing the forensic science community. Chapter I also delivers the overall foundation and framework of this thesis, specifically how it relates to DMS. Chapter II expands on Recommendation 1: "The Promotion and Development of Forensic Science," and focuses chronologically on professional policy and legislative advances through 2014. Chapter III addresses Recommendation 2: "The Standardization of Terminology in Reporting and Testimony," and the issues of legal language and terminology, model laboratory reports, and expert testimony concerning DMS case law. Chapter IV analyzes Recommendation 10: "Insufficient Education and Training," identifying legal awareness for the digital and multimedia examiner to understand the role of the expert witness, the attorney, the judge and the admission of forensic science evidence in litigation in our criminal justice system. Finally, Chapter V studies three DME specific laboratories at the Texas state, county, and city level, concentrating on current practice and procedure.

  11. Regional demand forecasting and simulation model: user's manual. Task 4, final report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Parhizgari, A M

    1978-09-25

    The Department of Energy's Regional Demand Forecasting Model (RDFOR) is an econometric and simulation system designed to estimate annual fuel-sector-region specific consumption of energy for the US. Its purposes are to (1) provide the demand side of the Project Independence Evaluation System (PIES), (2) enhance our empirical insights into the structure of US energy demand, and (3) assist policymakers in their decisions on and formulations of various energy policies and/or scenarios. This report provides a self-contained user's manual for interpreting, utilizing, and implementing RDFOR simulation software packages. Chapters I and II present the theoretical structure and the simulation of RDFOR,more » respectively. Chapter III describes several potential scenarios which are (or have been) utilized in the RDFOR simulations. Chapter IV presents an overview of the complete software package utilized in simulation. Chapter V provides the detailed explanation and documentation of this package. The last chapter describes step-by-step implementation of the simulation package using the two scenarios detailed in Chapter III. The RDFOR model contains 14 fuels: gasoline, electricity, natural gas, distillate and residual fuels, liquid gases, jet fuel, coal, oil, petroleum products, asphalt, petroleum coke, metallurgical coal, and total fuels, spread over residential, commercial, industrial, and transportation sectors.« less

  12. Alternative control techniques document: NOx emissions from industrial/commercial/institutional (ICI) boilers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Not Available

    1994-03-01

    Industrial, commercial, and institutional (ICI) boilers have been identified as a category that emits more than 25 tons of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) per year. This alternative control techniques (ACT) document provides technical information for use by State and local agencies to develop and implement regulatory programs to control NOx emissions from ICI boilers. Additional ACT documents are being developed for other stationary source categories. Chapter 2 summarizes the findings of this study. Chapter 3 presents information on the ICI boiler types, fuels, operation, and industry applications. Chapter 4 discusses NOx formation and uncontrolled NOx emission factors. Chapter 5 coversmore » alternative control techniques and achievable controlled emission levels. Chapter 6 presents the cost and cost effectiveness of each control technique. Chapter 7 describes environmental and energy impacts associated with implementing the NOx control techniques. Finally, Appendices A through G provide the detailed data used in this study to evaluate uncontrolled and controlled emissions and the costs of controls for several retrofit scenarios.« less

  13. 42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...

  14. 42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ..., comfortable, mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv) Functional furniture... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not...

  15. 42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...

  16. 42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...

  17. 42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...

  18. 42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...

  19. 42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...

  20. Teacher's Guide to SERAPHIM Software IV Chemistry: A Modern Course.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bogner, Donna J.

    Designed to assist chemistry teachers in selecting appropriate software programs, this publication is the fourth in a series of six teacher's guides from Project SERAPHIM, a program sponsored by the National Science Foundation. This guide is keyed to the chapters of the text "Chemistry: A Modern Course." Program suggestions are arranged…

  1. 40 CFR 265.228 - Closure and post-closure care.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... detection system in accordance with §§ 264.221(c)(2)(iv) and (3) of this chapter and 265.226(b) and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of this part; (3) Maintain and monitor the... or operator must: (1) Remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system...

  2. 21 CFR 145.170 - Canned peaches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... ingredients: (i) Natural and artificial flavors. (ii) Spice. (iii) Vinegar, lemon juice, or organic acids. (iv....22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice or seasoning that characterizes the product; for example, “Spice added”, or in lieu of the word “Spice”, the common name of the spice, “Seasoned with...

  3. 21 CFR 145.135 - Canned fruit cocktail.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... ingredients: (i) Natural and artificial flavors. (ii) Spice. (iii) Vinegar, lemon juice, or organic acids. (iv... product as specified in § 101.22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice or seasoning that characterizes the product; for example, “Spice added”, or in lieu of the word “Spice”, the common name of the...

  4. 46 CFR 56.50-57 - Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... standards referred to in this section, which are contained in the Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO) Resolution A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, are incorporated by reference. This... chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960” (Volume IV of the U.S...

  5. 4 CFR 2.2 - References.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 4 Accounts 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...

  6. 4 CFR 2.2 - References.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 4 Accounts 1 2014-01-01 2013-01-01 true References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...

  7. 4 CFR 2.2 - References.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 4 Accounts 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...

  8. 4 CFR 2.2 - References.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 4 Accounts 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...

  9. 4 CFR 2.2 - References.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 4 Accounts 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...

  10. 30 CFR 950.15 - Approval of Wyoming regulatory program amendments.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...), (ba), 3(b)(i); Ch II, §§ 3(a)(vi)(E), (M), (b)(xvi)(D), (xx), (v)(C); Ch IV, §§ 3(d)(vii), (e)(i)(H..., 2009 Chapter 11, Section 2(a)(vii)(A). [62 FR 9958, Mar. 5, 1997, as amended at 64 FR 53208, Oct. 1...

  11. Criterion IV: Social and economic indicators of rangeland sustainability (Chapter 5)

    Treesearch

    Daniel W. McCollum; Louis E. Swanson; John A. Tanaka; Mark W. Brunson; Aaron J. Harp; L. Allen Torell; H. Theodore Heintz

    2010-01-01

    Social and economic systems provide the context and rationale for rangeland management. Sustaining rangeland ecosystems requires attention to the social and economic conditions that accompany the functioning of those systems. We present and discuss economic and social indicators for rangeland sustainability. A brief conceptual basis for each indicator is offered,...

  12. Methods of Technological Forecasting,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-05-01

    Trend Extrapolation Progress Curve Analogy Trend Correlation Substitution Analysis or Substitution Growth Curves Envelope Curve Advances in the State of...the Art Technological Mapping Contextual Mapping Matrix Input-Output Analysis Mathematical Models Simulation Models Dynamic Modelling. CHAPTER IV...Generation Interaction between Needs and Possibilities Map of the Technological Future — (‘ross- Impact Matri x Discovery Matrix Morphological Analysis

  13. 26 CFR 1.6042-3 - Dividends subject to reporting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... documentation of foreign status and definition of U.S. payor and non-U.S. payor) shall apply. The provisions of... the Internal Revenue Code (Code). (iv) Distributions or payments from sources outside the United States (as determined under the provisions of part I, subchapter N, chapter 1 of the Code and the...

  14. 20 CFR 410.214 - Conditions of entitlement; parent, brother, or sister.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... MINE HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT OF 1969, TITLE IV-BLACK LUNG BENEFITS (1969- ) Requirements for Entitlement... years after the miner's death, whichever is later, or it is shown to the satisfaction of the... chapter), at the time of the miner's death. (c) In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a...

  15. Naval Forces: Valuable Beyond the Sum of Their Parts

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-06-18

    International, June 1983, p. 32. CHAPTER IV 1. Robert 0. Crawshaw , "What is a Maritime Action Group?" U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, January 1993, p. 29...Corps Gazette, November 1992. Cable, James. Gunboat Diplomacy 1919-1979, St. Martins Press, New York, NY, 1981. Crawshaw , Robert 0. "What is a Maritime

  16. 42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...

  17. 42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ..., comfortable, mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv) Functional furniture... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not...

  18. 7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...

  19. 7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...

  20. 7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...

  1. 38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...

  2. 38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...

  3. 38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...

  4. 38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...

  5. Final Environmental Impact Report/Environmental Impact Statement. Cullinan Ranch Specific Plan. Chapter 11. Appendix IV.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1984-05-01

    growth toward lands already annexed and away from agricultural * lands until needed demands a sound basis upon which to render judgment. For the City...for Bureau of Land Management. Johnson, Patti 3. 1978 Patwin. In Handbook of North American Indians, Volume 8, California. Robert F. Heizer , ed

  6. Mechanical Properties of Mass Concrete at Early Ages

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-08-01

    I.............. 15 WES UMAT Time-Dependent Material Properties Model.........15: CHAPTER IV: EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM.................................. 17...Equationi.......................................41 WES UMAT Creep, Eqtation .................................. 42 Bazant Sinh-Double Power Law...and All ......... 42 7 UMAT Creep Equation Coefficients for Mixtures A2 and All .... 43 8 SDPL Creep Constants for Mixtures A2 and All

  7. Amorphous Metal Oxide Thin Films from Aqueous Precursors: New Routes to High-kappa Dielectrics, Impact of Annealing Atmosphere Humidity, and Elucidation of Non-Uniform Composition Profiles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Woods, Keenan N.

    Metal oxide thin films serve as critical components in many modern technologies, including microelectronic devices. Industrial state-of-the-art production utilizes vapor-phase techniques to make high-quality (dense, smooth, uniform) thin film materials. However, vapor-phase techniques require large energy inputs and expensive equipment and precursors. Solution-phase routes to metal oxides have attracted great interest as cost-effective alternatives to vapor-phase methods and also offer the potential of large-area coverage, facile control of metal composition, and low-temperature processing. Solution deposition has previously been dominated by sol-gel routes, which utilize organic ligands, additives, and/or solvents. However, sol-gel films are often porous and contain residual carbon impurities, which can negatively impact device properties. All-inorganic aqueous routes produce dense, ultrasmooth films without carbon impurities, but the mechanisms involved in converting aqueous precursors to metal oxides are virtually unexplored. Understanding these mechanisms and the parameters that influence them is critical for widespread use of aqueous approaches to prepare microelectronic components. Additionally, understanding (and controlling) density and composition inhomogeneities is important for optimizing electronic properties. An overview of deposition approaches and the challenges facing aqueous routes are presented in Chapter I. A summary of thin film characterization techniques central to this work is given in Chapter II. This dissertation contributes to the field of solution-phase deposition by focusing on three areas. First, an all-inorganic aqueous route to high-kappa metal oxide dielectrics is developed for two ternary systems. Chapters III and IV detail the film formation chemistry and film properties of lanthanum zirconium oxide (LZO) and zirconium aluminum oxide (ZAO), respectively. The functionality of these dielectrics as device components is also demonstrated. Second, the impact of steam annealing on the evolution of aqueous-derived films is reported. Chapter V demonstrates that steam annealing lowers processing temperatures by effectively reducing residual counterion content, improving film stability with respect to water absorption, and enhancing dielectric properties of LZO films. Third, density and composition inhomogeneities in aqueous-derived films are investigated. Chapters VI and VII examine density inhomogeneities in single- and multi-metal component thin films, respectively, and show that these density inhomogeneities are related to inhomogeneous metal component distributions. This dissertation includes previously published coauthored material.

  8. The Responsible Use of Animals in Biology Classrooms Including Alternatives to Dissection. Monograph IV.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hairston, Rosalina V., Ed.

    This monograph discusses the care and maintenance of animals, suggests some alternative teaching strategies, and affirms the value of teaching biology as the study of living organisms, rather than dead specimens. The lessons in this monograph are intended as guidelines that teachers should adapt for their own particular classroom needs. Chapter 1,…

  9. 29 CFR 2510.3-16 - Definition of “plan administrator.”

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... organization's refusal to administer or fund contraceptive benefits) in accordance with § 2590.715-2713A(b)(1... contraceptive services required to be covered under § 2590.715-2713(a)(1)(iv) of this chapter to which the... contraceptive services. To the extent that the plan contracts with different third party administrators for...

  10. 21 CFR 155.191 - Tomato concentrates.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... bicarbonate. (iv) Water, as provided for in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (v) Spices. (vi) Flavoring. (3... that characterizes the product as specified in § 101.22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice... “added spice” or, in lieu of the word “spice,” the common name of the spice. (iii) The label of...

  11. Research 1960-1970 on Methods and Materials in Reading, II.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Diederich, Paul B.

    This bulletin summarizes and interprets some of the main findings of "Survey of the Literature on Methods and Materials in Reading," by Martha J. Maxwell and George Temp, Chapter IV of "The Information Base for Reading: A Critical Review of the Information Base for Current Assumptions Regarding the Status of Instruction and Achievement in Reading…

  12. 10 CFR 35.3045 - Report and notification of a medical event.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... administration of a dose or dosage to the wrong individual or human research subject; (iv) An administration of a... a patient or human research subject in which the administration of byproduct material or radiation... method listed in § 30.6(a) of this chapter, the licensee shall submit a written report to the appropriate...

  13. 46 CFR 160.051-7 - Design and performance of Coastal Service inflatable liferafts.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... diameter of the buoyancy chambers is greater than 500 mm (19.5 in). (g) Stability (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.5). Each Coastal Service inflatable liferaft must either meet the stability criteria in § 160.151-17(a) or be fitted with water-containing stability pockets meeting the following requirements: (1...

  14. 76 FR 61279 - Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement; Defense Cargo Riding Gang Member (DFARS Case...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-10-04

    ... transportation services. The final rule also makes an administrative change to a cross-reference. DATES....S.-flag vessels under DoD contracts for transportation services documented under chapter 121, title... cross-reference to 252.211-7006 at 212.301(f)(iv)(D) to reflect the correct title of the clause. III...

  15. Recommendations to Minimize Timely Payment Problems of Subcontractors Involved in Private and Public Building Construction in Pennsylvania.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-05-01

    Thomas P. Kuchar 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT. PROJECT, TASK Stddent,HDQA, MILPERCEN (DAPC-OPP-E) AREA 6 WORK UNIT...of Financing ................................... 50 Business Practice Information Interchange .................. 50 Program Description...51 Other Types of Credit Exchange Programs .................... 52 Chapter Summary ............................................ 53 IV REM-EDY OPTIONS

  16. Studies in Mathematics, Volume IV. Geometry.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kutuzov, B. V.

    This book is a translation of a Russian text. The translation is exact, and the language used by the author has not been brought up to date. The volume is probably most useful as a source of supplementary materials for high school mathematics. It is also useful for teachers to broaden their mathematical background. Chapters included in the text…

  17. 40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...

  18. 40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...

  19. 45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...

  20. 45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...

  1. 45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...

  2. 45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...

  3. 75 FR 57823 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-09-22

    ... the CBOE Volatility Index Futures to the Definition of a Futures Reference Asset in Chapter IV... products linked to CBOE Volatility Index Futures (``VIX Futures''). The text of the proposed rule change is... for the trading of options on Index-Linked Securities to include products linked to CBOE Volatility...

  4. Space Power: Military Imperatives in Australia’s Environment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-03-01

    Sheet, p. 3. 28. ibid. p. 6. 29. ibid, p. 6. 30. ibid. p. 6. NOTES CHAPTER IV (Pages 32-63) 1. Philip Kotler . Marketing Management. 1V88, p. 33. 2...Maxwell AFB, Alabama: Air War College, March 1985. Kotler , Philip . Marketing Management. New Jerspy: Prentice Hall, 6th edition, 1986. Latham, Donald C

  5. Primary Education in Pakistan. Part IV. Annexes to the Analysis.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Development Associates, Inc., Arlington, VA.

    The fourth part of a four-part analysis and assessment of Pakistan's system of primary education presents annexes to the analysis that was reported in the second part of the overall report. Five annexes are included: (A) Acronyms; (B) Scope of Work; (C) Persons Interviewed; (D) Chapter Annexes; and (E) Bibliography. A number of charts and diagrams…

  6. 10 CFR 52.79 - Contents of applications; technical information in final safety analysis report.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ...) A cyber security plan in accordance with the criteria set forth in § 73.54 of this chapter; (iv) A... cyber security plan; and (v) Each applicant who prepares a physical security plan, a safeguards contingency plan, a training and qualification plan, or a cyber security plan, shall protect the plans and...

  7. 40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...

  8. 40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...

  9. 40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...

  10. 25 CFR 162.214 - How and when will BIA decide whether to approve an agricultural lease?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... writing that the lease is in the best interest of the Indian landowners. In making that determination, we..., utilities, and other essential community services; (iv) The availability of judicial forums for all criminal... them of their right to appeal the decision under part 2 of this chapter. Copies of agricultural leases...

  11. 18 CFR 4.34 - Hearings on applications; consultation on terms and conditions; motions to intervene; alternative...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Hearings on... and conditions or prescriptions for licenses or exemptions, pursuant to sections 4(e), 18, and 30(c... days after the applicant received it. (iv) Notwithstanding any other provision in title 18, chapter I...

  12. 50 CFR 32.66 - Virginia.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... scouting one week prior to the first day of the refuge hunt. Hunters may enter the hunt zones by foot or... nontoxic shot (see § 32.2(k)) while hunting duck, goose, swan, coot, and rail. 5. You may erect portable... unload and either case or disassemble firearms (see § 27.42(b) of this chapter) in vehicles. iv. We...

  13. 21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...

  14. 21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...

  15. 21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...

  16. 21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV-B, VI-B, VII-B, and VIII identified in... produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with long chain monobasic acids containing... carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being neutralized with calcium hydroxide to produce...

  17. 21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...

  18. Instructional Regulation and Control: Cybernetics, Algorithmization and Heuristics in Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Landa, L. N.; And Others

    This book on the aspects of instructional processes focuses on control of student cognitive activity during instruction. Chapter 1 introduces the cybernetic approach to the theory of instruction. It is followed by a chapter on instructional effectiveness and efficiency. The third chapter discusses cognitive processes and thinking. Chapter 4…

  19. Criteria for Developing a Successful Privatization Project

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-05-01

    conceptualization and planning are required when pursuing privatization projects. In fact, privatization project proponents need to know how to...selection of projects for analysis, methods of acquiring information about these projects, and the analysis framwork . Chapter IV includes the analysis. A...performed an analysis to determine cormion conceptual and creative approaches and lessons learned. This analysis was then used to develop criteria for

  20. The State of Asian Pacific America: Transforming Race Relations. A Public Policy Report, Volume IV.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ong, Paul M., Ed.

    The papers in this collection respond to the importance of race in U.S. society by providing a comprehensive, multidisciplinary empirical analysis of the diverse ways in which Asian Pacific Americans are redefining and transforming contemporary U.S. race relations. Following a preface by Don T. Nakanishi and J. D. Hokoyama, the chapters are: (1)…

  1. 40 CFR Table 1 to Subpart Bbbbbb... - Applicability Criteria, Emission Limits, and Management Practices for Storage Tanks

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... and operate each internal and external floating roof gasoline storage tank according to the applicable... (b) Equip each internal floating roof gasoline storage tank according to the requirements in § 60... the requirements in § 60.112b(a)(1)(iv) through (ix) of this chapter; and (c) Equip each external...

  2. [Diagnosis and treatment of gender identity disorder].

    PubMed

    Yamauchi, Toshio

    2004-02-01

    According to DSM-IV criteria, gender identity disorder(GID) is characterized as follows: 1) Strong, persistent cross-gender identification. 2) Persistent discomfort with one's assigned sex or the Sense of inappropriateness in that gender role. 3) Not due to an intersex condition. In this chapter, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of GID are briefly described. Possible pathogenesis of GID is also discussed.

  3. 21 CFR 155.190 - Canned tomatoes.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... necessary to compensate for the tartness resulting from such added acid. (iv) Salt. (v) Spices, spice oils... § 101.22 of this chapter. (b) A declaration of any added spice, seasoning, or vegetable ingredient that...) “spice(s)”, “seasoning(s)”, or the name(s) of the vegetable(s) used or in lieu of the word(s) “spice(s...

  4. Fixed and Data Adaptive Kernels in Cohen’s Class of Time-Frequency Distributions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-09-01

    translated into its associated analytic signal by using the techniques discussed in Chapter Four. 1. Wigner - Ville Distribution function PS = wvd (data,winlen...step,begin,theend) % PS = wvd (data,winlen,step,begin,theend) % ’wvd.ml returns the Wigner - Ville time-frequency distribution % for the input data...12 IV. FIXED KERNEL DISTRIBUTIONS .................................................................. 19 A. WIGNER - VILLE DISTRIBUTION

  5. Phellinus noxius in Guam, Saipan, Yap, Palau, Pohnpei and Kosrae [Chapter IV

    Treesearch

    Phil G. Cannon; Ned B. Klopfenstein; Mee-Sook Kim; Yuko Ota; Norio Sahashi; Robert L. Schlub; Gibson Santos; Rodasio Samuel; Francis Ruegorong; Maxson Nithan; Blair Charley; Erick Waguk; Roland Quitugua; Ashley Lehman; Konrad Engleberger; Victor Guerrero; Sid Cabrerra; Manny Tenorio; Arnold Route

    2014-01-01

    Phellinus noxius has a reputation of being an aggressive root rot pathogen on many forest tree species in parts of Southeast Asia and its symptoms and signs have been well documented. Previous reports from Micronesia indicated that this fungal pathogen is responsible for considerable damage in Saipan and likely present in Kosrae and Pohnpei. In this present...

  6. 38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...

  7. 38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...

  8. 38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...

  9. Electrostatic Discharge Initiation Experiments using PVDF Pressure Transducers

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-12-01

    ignition sensitivity. The results are discussed within the context of a preliminary model of electrostatic initiation. iii/iv NAVSWC TR 91-666 CONTENTS...Chapter Page 1 INTRODUCTION .......................................... 1-1 TWO PHASE IGNITION MODEL ....................... 1-1 SENSITIZING FACTORS...is necessary to establish effective techniques to reduce the hazards associated with ESD ignition. TWO-PHASE IGNITION MODEL A model has been proposed

  10. 78 FR 29122 - Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program, Scientific Advisory Board; Notice of...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-05-17

    ... Program, Scientific Advisory Board (SAB). This notice is published in accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463). DATES: Thursday, June 13, 2013 from 9:00 a.m. to..., Subtitle A, Part IV, Chapter 172, Sec. 2904. The full agenda follows: 9:00 a.m. Convene Mr. Joseph Francis...

  11. Careers (A Course of Study). Unit IV: Applying for the Job.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Turley, Kay

    Designed to enable special needs students to write resumes and complete application forms with employable accuracy, this set of activities on applying for a job is the fourth unit in a nine-unit secondary level careers course intended to provide handicapped students with the knowledge and tools necessary to succeed in the world of work. Chapter 1…

  12. 76 FR 2156 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-01-12

    ... Stock Market, LLC to Establish a $5 Strike Price Program January 6, 2011. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1... given that, on January 3, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (``NASDAQ'' or ``Exchange'') filed with the... Proposed Rule Change The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC proposes to amend Chapter IV, Securities Traded on NOM...

  13. 76 FR 19167 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-04-06

    ... Stock Market, LLC To Expand the $2.50 Strike Price Program March 31, 2011. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1... given that, on March 29, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (``NASDAQ'' or ``Exchange'') filed with the... Change The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC proposes to amend Chapter IV, Supplementary Material to Section 6...

  14. The Origins and Development of the National Training Center 1976-1984

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-01-01

    The Environmental Impact Statement ................................... 30 Chapter IV - Ironing Out the Early Problems...brigades of 2,500 or even battalions of 600. Public and private groups concerned for aviation safevy, communications regulation, and environmental ...experimenting with desert training along the lines of General Gorman’s concept. During the summer of 1976, that command developed a "desert environmental

  15. Project CHECO Southeast Asia Report. Project RED HORSE

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1969-09-01

    It 0,Il 1IC1I lll Examination of C’urrentI,,,,,,,,[ I prations IIR / IE IP𔃻 0 R IT - PROJECT RED HORSE 1 SEPTEMBER 1969 HQ PACAF Directorate...3 CHAPTER II RED HORSE ORGANIZATIONS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA .................. 5 Introduction...RED HORSE Combat Defense Teams....................... ...... 59 III. 555th CES (HR) Projects...................................... 62 IV. 820th CES

  16. Culture and Psychiatric Diagnosis

    PubMed Central

    Lewis-Fernández, Roberto; Aggarwal, Neil Krishan

    2015-01-01

    Since the publication of DSM-IV in 1994, a number of components related to psychiatric diagnosis have come under criticism for their inaccuracies and inadequacies. Neurobiologists and anthropologists have particularly criticized the rigidity of DSM-IV diagnostic criteria that appear to exclude whole classes of alternate illness presentations as well as the lack of attention in contemporary psychiatric nosology to the role of contextual factors in the emergence and characteristics of psychopathology. Experts in culture and mental health have responded to these criticisms by revising the very process of diagnosis for DSM-5. Specifically, the DSM-5 Cultural Issues Subgroup has recommended that concepts of culture be included more prominently in several areas: an introductory chapter on Cultural Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis –composed of a conceptual introduction, a revised Outline for Cultural Formulation, a Cultural Formulation Interview that operationalizes this Outline, and a glossary on cultural concepts of distress—as well as material directly related to culture that is incorporated into the description of each disorder. This chapter surveys these recommendations to demonstrate how culture and context interact with psychiatric diagnosis at multiple levels. A greater appreciation of the interplay between culture, context, and biology can help clinicians improve diagnostic and treatment planning. PMID:23816860

  17. A new mechanism for selective adsorption of rubber on carbon black surface caused by nano-confinement in SBR/NBR solution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kawazoe, Masayuki

    A novel mechanism of selective adsorption of rubber molecules onto carbon black surface in a binary immiscible rubber blend solution has been proposed in this dissertation. The phenomenon leads to uneven distribution of carbon black to the specific polymer in the blend and the obtained electrically conductive composite showed drastic reduction of percolation threshold concentration (PTC). The mechanism and the feature of conductive network formation have much potential concerning both fundamental understanding and industrial application to improve conductive polymer composites. In chapter I, carbon black filled conductive polymer composites are briefly reviewed. Then, in chapter II, a mechanism of rubber molecular confinement into carbon black aggregate structure is introduced to explain the selective adsorption of a specific rubber onto carbon black surface in an immiscible rubber solution blend (styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) and acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) with toluene or chloroform). Next, in chapters III and IV, polymers with various radius of gyration (Rg) and carbon blacks with various aggregate structure are examined to verify the selective adsorption mechanism. Finally, in chapter V, the novel mechanism was applied to create unique meso-/micro-unit conductive network in carbon black dispersed SBR/NBR composites.

  18. Ibrida

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Struck, Dawn N.

    This thesis is a study of my current body of work, both formally and conceptually. It begins with an Introduction, explaining the origin of the term hybrid and the distinct advantages as well as disadvantages hybridization has on a species. It also discusses the effects incurred by the environment on plants and humans. Chapter II, A Curious Collection of Biomorphic Forms, provides an overview of the concepts and interplay between the surface treatments of the forms and their sculpted interior elements and how certain forms reveal, while other forms hide themselves from the viewer. It also confers the motivations behind the work in relation to botany, entomology, anatomy and human traits. Chapter III, Process and Material, describes the production techniques used in the work, including choice of clay, building techniques, glazes and firing temperatures. It also explains the surface treatments as they pertain to the overall form and feeling of certain pieces. Chapter IV, Influences, explores some of the artistic, historic and scientific influences in the use of natural forms and highlights some of the sources of inspiration for my work.

  19. 49 CFR 501.2 - General.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    .... (2) Chapter 303—National Driver Register. (3) Chapter 305—National Automobile Title Information.... (7) Chapter 327—Odometers. (8) Chapter 329—Automobile Fuel Economy. (9) Chapter 331—Theft Prevention... and maintenance, traffic control devices, identification and surveillance of accident locations, and...

  20. 49 CFR 501.2 - General.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    .... (2) Chapter 303—National Driver Register. (3) Chapter 305—National Automobile Title Information.... (7) Chapter 327—Odometers. (8) Chapter 329—Automobile Fuel Economy. (9) Chapter 331—Theft Prevention... and maintenance, traffic control devices, identification and surveillance of accident locations, and...

  1. Comprehensive risk reduction in patients with atrial fibrillation: emerging diagnostic and therapeutic options—a report from the 3rd Atrial Fibrillation Competence NETwork/European Heart Rhythm Association consensus conference

    PubMed Central

    Kirchhof, Paulus; Lip, Gregory Y.H.; Van Gelder, Isabelle C.; Bax, Jeroen; Hylek, Elaine; Kaab, Stefan; Schotten, Ulrich; Wegscheider, Karl; Boriani, Giuseppe; Brandes, Axel; Ezekowitz, Michael; Diener, Hans; Haegeli, Laurent; Heidbuchel, Hein; Lane, Deirdre; Mont, Luis; Willems, Stephan; Dorian, Paul; Aunes-Jansson, Maria; Blomstrom-Lundqvist, Carina; Borentain, Maria; Breitenstein, Stefanie; Brueckmann, Martina; Cater, Nilo; Clemens, Andreas; Dobrev, Dobromir; Dubner, Sergio; Edvardsson, Nils G.; Friberg, Leif; Goette, Andreas; Gulizia, Michele; Hatala, Robert; Horwood, Jenny; Szumowski, Lukas; Kappenberger, Lukas; Kautzner, Josef; Leute, Angelika; Lobban, Trudie; Meyer, Ralf; Millerhagen, Jay; Morgan, John; Muenzel, Felix; Nabauer, Michael; Baertels, Christoph; Oeff, Michael; Paar, Dieter; Polifka, Juergen; Ravens, Ursula; Rosin, Ludger; Stegink, W.; Steinbeck, Gerhard; Vardas, Panos; Vincent, Alphons; Walter, Maureen; Breithardt, Günter; Camm, A. John

    2012-01-01

    While management of atrial fibrillation (AF) patients is improved by guideline-conform application of anticoagulant therapy, rate control, rhythm control, and therapy of accompanying heart disease, the morbidity and mortality associated with AF remain unacceptably high. This paper describes the proceedings of the 3rd Atrial Fibrillation NETwork (AFNET)/European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA) consensus conference that convened over 60 scientists and representatives from industry to jointly discuss emerging therapeutic and diagnostic improvements to achieve better management of AF patients. The paper covers four chapters: (i) risk factors and risk markers for AF; (ii) pathophysiological classification of AF; (iii) relevance of monitored AF duration for AF-related outcomes; and (iv) perspectives and needs for implementing better antithrombotic therapy. Relevant published literature for each section is covered, and suggestions for the improvement of management in each area are put forward. Combined, the propositions formulate a perspective to implement comprehensive management in AF. PMID:21791573

  2. Geology of the USSR (Chapter IV).

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-10-05

    upper part, contuilrng carbon/ coals , is related to averaqe/mean Carboniferous period. However, similar carbon/ coals were brouq!t hy Jackson’s...V.Lant integument and soil formation in archipelago very unfavorably manifests itself very cold and short summer, and also permanent destruction and...and finally by the maritime Ueposits of Cenomanian tier. Furthermore, in archipplago are known the traces of development supposedly Lower Carboniferous

  3. Federal Funds for Education, 1958-59 and 1959-60. Bulletin, 1961, No. 14. OE-10009. [Foreword - Chapter IV

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hutchins, Clayton D.; Munse, Albert R.; Booher, Edna D.

    1961-01-01

    For a period of more than 25 years, this series of publications has provided an authoritative and reasonably comprehensive source of information about Federal activities in education. The present bulletin, Federal Funds for Education, 1958-59 and 1959-60, is the 15th in the series. It describes educational programs supported by the Federal…

  4. Modeling and Error Analysis of a Superconducting Gravity Gradiometer.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-08-01

    fundamental limit to instrument - -1- sensitivity is the thermal noise of the sensor . For the gradiometer design outlined above, the best sensitivity...Mapoles at Stanford. Chapter IV determines the relation between dynamic range, the sensor Q, and the thermal noise of the cryogenic accelerometer. An...C.1 Accelerometer Optimization (1) Development and optimization of the loaded diaphragm sensor . (2) Determination of the optimal values of the

  5. Post-Master's Education for Middle and Upper-Level Personnel in Libraries and Information Centers. Final Report, Phase I.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kortendick, James J.; Stone, Elizabeth W.

    A major way of upgrading the profession of librarianship is through a post-master's education program. This data base for the curriculum development of such a program utilized two data-gathering instruments: (1) a questionnaire and (2) interviews. The data are presented under three-headings: (1) questionnaire results, Chapters III, IV, V and VI;…

  6. 75 FR 48400 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-08-10

    ...\\ Id. \\11\\ Id. Under Chapter IV, Section 3(i) of the BOX Rules, Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETFs... traded on BOX: The ETFs must (i) be traded on a national securities exchange; (ii) be defined as an ``NMS... specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some...

  7. An Analysis of the United States Air Force Energy Savings Performance Contracts

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2007-12-01

    key element of the ESPC system. Chapter IV uses the standard contracting processes to review the USAF implementations of strategic purchasing with...process and each level facilitates regionalization, which is the current implementation method of strategic purchasing for energy service management...the existing regulations that are inconsistent with the ESPC intent , and 3) to formulate substitute regulations consistent with laws governing Federal

  8. 76 FR 38444 - [Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-06-30

    ... expiration month and series for each class of approved stock index options, and that the Exchange may open... to the rules in place for the listing of expiration months and series in stock or exchange-traded-fund (``ETF'') options.\\4\\ \\4\\ See Phlx Rule 1012(a)(1)(A); see also Nasdaq Rules Chapter IV, Section 6...

  9. Remote Measurement of the Atmospheric Isoplanatic Angle and Determination of Refractive Turbulence Profiles by Direct Inversion of the Scintillation Amplitude Covariance Function with Tikhonov Regularization.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-12-01

    shows Good’s 2 data between 500 m and 40 km. Good obtained thisCn profile by differential temperature measurement between two balloon-borne microthermal ...Cn profiles. However, they are difficult to obtain by remote measurements. In Chapters IV and V, I presented a profile measured by microthermal probes

  10. The Goal of Motivation in the Military. Soldier Satisfaction or Soldier Performance

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1978-06-09

    soldier’s (E- 1 through E-,4) perceptions of 18 job-related factors, his/her level of performance and-" FOR" 1473 EDfTON Or I NOV 65 Is OBSOLETE UJCLAS...iv LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v CHAPTER 1 . THE PROBLEM AND ITS SETTING . ..... ....... .... 1 INTRODUCTION...81 RECOMKM•DATION .83. , . * 3 SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . 84 liii LIST OF TABLES Table Page 1

  11. 19 CFR 141.113 - Recall of merchandise released from Customs and Border Protection custody.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... communicate that fact to the CBP port director who will demand the redelivery of the product to CBP custody... marking with country of origin; (ii) Textile Fiber Products Identification Act (15 U.S.C. 70); (iii) Wool Products Labeling Act (15 U.S.C. 68); (iv) Fur Products Labeling Act (15 U.S.C. 69); and (v) Chapter 91...

  12. Higher Education and Development in South-East Asia. Volume III, Part 2, Language Policy and Higher Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Noss, Richard

    This document, the second part of the third volume of a study concerned with the role of institutions of higher education in the development of countries in South-East Asia, discusses the problems aroused by language in the region. Chapters I-IV cover assumptions of the study, common problems of the region, current solutions, and future outlook.…

  13. Long Range Surveillance Units (LRSU): The Past, Present, and Future

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1990-03-27

    learned very well the lessons of the past and has put the human element back in the intelligence collection business . In 1986 the Army revitalized...has learned very well the lessons of the past and has put the human element back in the intelligence collection business . In 1986 the Army revitalized...USAREUR ------------------- 13 Methods of Insertion -------------------- 15 CHAPTER IV. EQUIPMENT ISSUES ------------------------ 18 (GORTEX, OPTICS

  14. Biofluid lubrication for artificial joints

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pendleton, Alice Mae

    This research investigated biofluid lubrication related to artificial joints using tribological and rheological approaches. Biofluids studied here represent two categories of fluids, base fluids and nanostructured biofluids. Base fluids were studied through comparison of synthetic fluids (simulated body fluid and hyaluronic acid) as well as natural biofluids (from dogs, horses, and humans) in terms of viscosity and fluid shear stress. The nano-structured biofluids were formed using molecules having well-defined shapes. Understanding nano-structured biofluids leads to new ways of design and synthesis of biofluids that are beneficial for artificial joint performance. Experimental approaches were utilized in the present research. This includes basic analysis of biofluids' property, such as viscosity, fluid shear stress, and shear rate using rheological experiments. Tribological investigation and surface characterization were conducted in order to understand effects of molecular and nanostructures on fluid lubrication. Workpiece surface structure and wear mechanisms were investigated using a scanning electron microscope and a transmission electron microscope. The surface topography was examined using a profilometer. The results demonstrated that with the adding of solid additives, such as crown ether or fullerene acted as rough as the other solids in the 3-body wear systems. In addition, the fullerene supplied low friction and low wear, which designates the lubrication purpose of this particular particle system. This dissertation is constructed of six chapters. The first chapter is an introduction to body fluids, as mentioned earlier. After Chapter II, it examines the motivation and approach of the present research, Chapter III discusses the experimental approaches, including materials, experimental setup, and conditions. In Chapter IV, lubrication properties of various fluids are discussed. The tribological properties and performance nanostructured biofluids are discussed in Chapter V, followed by summary and conclusions in Chapter VI.

  15. Materials for energy, drug, and information storage

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, Peifu

    It is generally recognized that H2O adsorption on a porous material would inhibit H2 adsorption. However, Chapter 3 reports that stable H2O-functionalized ZIF-8(a representative MOF), which was obtained by the simple water treatment of ZIF-8 at ambient temperature, can increase its H2 adsorption heat from 5.2 to 10.1 kJ/mol. As a result, the reversible H2 capacity at ambient temperature increased by 77%. A suitable isotherm equation for C2H2 adsorption on various MOFs has not been found. Chapter 4 demonstrates that Dubinin-Astakhov equation can be exploited as a general isotherm model to depict C2H 2 adsorption on MOF-5, ZIF-8, HKUST-1, and MIL-53. Furthermore, it was found that the adsorption of C2H2 on the defected MIL-53 is stronger than that on MIL-53 without defection, reflected by adsorption-heat increase from 19.3 to 25.1 kJ/mol. Chapter 5 finds that the adsorption of CO2 on the defected ZIF-8 is stronger than that on ZIF-8 without defection, reflected by initial adsorption-heat increase from 16.0 to 22.8 kJ/mol. As a result, the specific reversible CO2 capacity per surface area increased with increasing defects. A novel strategy was developed to enhance the hydrophilicity on the external surface of ZIF-8 without reducing or blocking the internal pores in Chapter 6. A simple ball-milling approach combined with water treatment results in a significantly higher cell viability without compromising its hydroxyurea loading and release capacity. It's a challenge to build a memristor with odd-symmetric I--V features. In Chapter 7, a novel strategy, in which two same asymmetric switch components can be combined as a symmetric device, is reported to create an odd-symmetric memristor. Furthermore, with this strategy, the surface-sulphurization was performed on both sides of a Ag foil, leading to a Ag2S/Ag/Ag2S odd-symmetric memristor consisting of two asymmetric Ag2S/Ag memristive switches. Chapter 8 demonstrate that 2H phase of bulk MoS2 possessed an ohmic feature, whereas 1T phase of exfoliated MoS2 nanosheets exhibited a unique memristive behaviour due to voltage-dependent resistance change. Furthermore, an ideal odd-symmetric memristor with odd-symmetric I--V characteristics was successfully fabricated by the 1T phase MoS2 nanosheets via combining two asymmetric switches anti-serially.

  16. Biennial Survey of Education in the United States, 1934-1936. Bulletin, 1937, No. 2. Volume II. Chapter IV: Statistics of Higher Education, 1935-36

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Badger, Henry G.; Kelly, Frederick J.; Greenleaf, Walter J.

    1938-01-01

    The statistical compilations found in this bulletin are based on data gathered by means of two questionnaires--one on faculty, students and degrees; and the other on receipts, expenditures, and property. These questionnaires were sent to all the 1,706 institutions listed in Office of Education Bulletin 1936, No. 1, "Educational Directory:…

  17. Proof-of-Concept Part Task Trainer for Close Air Support Procedures

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-06-01

    TVDL Tactical Video Down Link VE Virtual Environment VR Virtual Reality WTI Weapons and Tactics Instructor xvii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would first...in training of USMC pilots for close air support operations? • What is the feasibility of developing a prototype virtual reality (VR) system that...Chapter IV provides a review of virtual reality (VR)/ virtual environment (VE) and part-task trainers currently used in military training

  18. The Multi-County Regional Educational Service Agency in Iowa. Part I, Section 1 (Chapters I-IV), The Intermediate Unit of School Administration in the United States. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stephens, E. Robert; And Others

    An extensive study, reported in three separately published sections, was made to determine primary aspects of the current consolidation and redistricting of local school districts. Basic procedures used to gather information included a survey of related literature, visitations to county and intermediate educational agencies in Iowa and other…

  19. Multi-Objective Optimization of Mixed Variable, Stochastic Systems Using Single-Objective Formulations

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2008-03-01

    investigated, as well as the methodology used . Chapter IV presents the data collection and analysis procedures, and the resulting analysis and...interpolate the data, although a non-interpolating model is possible. For this research Design and Analysis of Computer Experiments (DACE) is used ...followed by the analysis . 4.1. Testing Approach The initial SMOMADS algorithm used for this research was acquired directly from Walston [70]. The

  20. U.S. Biodefense & Homeland Security: Toward Detection & Attribution

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2006-12-01

    Agency (EPA) and FBI hazardous material teams worked side-by-side, searching 280 barrels containing 635 bags of quarantined mail that had been...hazardous material teams searched 280 barrels containing 635 bags of quarantined mail that had been seized as evidence. The final letter was addressed to...Chapter IV. He provided important research material and fresh ideas based on his expertise as Scientist-in-Residence of the Center for

  1. An Empirical Examination of Counterdrug Interdiction Program Effectiveness.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1997-01-01

    inversely correlated with the street price index. Chapter IV examines the time dependence of the street price index and argues that interdiction activities...essentially asymptotic behavior in which the cumulative distribution function, for large values of the independent variable, converges to an inverse power-law...log(S) /log(M). Such an inverse power-law relation between unit purchase price and purchase volume is indeed observed within the STRIDE data

  2. Scalable, Flexible and Active Learning on Distributions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-09-01

    enthusiasm about widely varying research ideas was inspiring. Junier Oliva always knew the right way to think about something when I got stuck. Tzu -Kuo...109 Bibliography 113 iii iv Chapter 1 Introduction Traditional machine learning approaches focus on learning problems defined on...with Tzu -Kuo (TK) Huang. 2 et al. 2012; Ntampaka, Trac, Sutherland, Battaglia, et al. 2015; Jin 2016; Jin et al. 2016; Sutherland, J. B. Oliva, et al

  3. Soil formation: Chapter 6

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Goldhaber, Martin B.; Banwart, Steven A.

    2015-01-01

    Soil formation reflects the complex interaction of many factors, among the most important of which are (i) the nature of the soil parent material, (ii) regional climate, (iii) organisms, including humans, (iv) topography and (v) time. These processes operate in Earth's critical zone; the thin veneer of our planet where rock meets life. Understanding the operation of these soil-forming factors requires an interdisciplinary approach and is a necessary predicate to charactering soil processes and functions, mitigating soil degradation and adapting soil management to environmental change. In this chapter, we discuss how these soil-forming factors operate both singly and in concert in natural and human modified environments. We emphasize the role that soil organic matter plays in these processes to provide context for understanding the benefits that it bestows on humanity.

  4. Rocketdyne - J-2 Saturn V 2nd and 3rd Stage Engine. Chapter 2, Appendix D

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Coffman, Paul

    2009-01-01

    The J-2 engine was unique in many respects. Technology was not nearly as well-developed in oxygen/hydrogen engines at the start of the J-2 project. As a result, it experienced a number of "teething" problems. It was used in two stages on the Saturn V vehicle in the Apollo Program, as well as on the later Skylab and Apollo/Soyuz programs. In the Apollo Program, it was used on the S-II stage, which was the second stage of the Saturn V vehicle. There were five J-2 engines at the back end of the S-II Stage. In the S-IV-B stage, it was a single engine, but that single engine had to restart. The Apollo mission called for the entire vehicle to reach orbital velocity in low Earth orbit after the first firing of the Saturn-IV-B stage and, subsequently, to fire a second time to go on to the moon. The engine had to be man-rated (worthy of transporting humans). It had to have a high thrust rate and performance associated with oxygen/hydrogen engines, although there were some compromises there. It had to gimbal for thrust vector control. It was an open-cycle gas generator engine delivering up to 230,000 pounds of thrust.

  5. Petroleum industry in Iran

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Farideh, A.

    1981-01-01

    This study examines the oil industry in Iran from the early discovery of oil nearly two hundred years ago in Mazandaran (north part) to the development of a giant modern industry in the twentieth century. Chapter I presents a brief historical setting to introduce the reader to the importance of oil in Iran. It focuses on the economic implications of the early oil concessions in the period 1901 to 1951. Chapter II discusses the nationalization of the Iranian oil industry and creation of NIOC in 1951 and the international political and economic implication of these activities. Chapter III explains themore » activities of NIOC in Iran. Exploration and drilling, production, exports, refineries, natural gas, petrochemicals and internal distributions are studied. Chapter IV discusses the role of the development planning of Iran. A brief presentation of the First Development Plan through the Fifth Development Plan is given. Sources and uses of funds by plan organization during these Five Plans is studied. The Iran and Iraq War is also studied briefly, but the uncertainty of its resolution prevents any close analysis of its impact on the Iranian oil industry. One conclusion, however, is certain; oil has been a vital resource in Iran's past and it will remain the lifetime of its economic development in the future.« less

  6. The life stories of adults with amnesia: Insights into the contribution of the medial temporal lobes to the organization of autobiographical memory.

    PubMed

    Grilli, Matthew D; Wank, Aubrey A; Verfaellie, Mieke

    2018-02-01

    Autobiographical memories are not stored in isolation but rather are organized into life chapters, higher-order knowledge structures that represent major themes conveying the arc of one's life. Neuropsychological studies have revealed that both episodic memory and some aspects of personal semantic memory are impaired in adults with medial temporal lobe (MTL) damage. However, whether such impairment compromises the retrieval and formation of life chapters is unknown. Therefore, we had 10 adults with MTL amnesia and 20 control participants narrate their life stories, and we extracted life chapters from these narratives using a novel scoring protocol. For the retrograde and anterograde time period separately, we evaluated the number of life chapters and assessed their quality, as indexed by measures of complexity and richness. Additionally, to investigate the idea that formation of life chapters occurs on a protracted time scale, we separated the amnesic participants into an early-life and a later-life onset subgroup. Results revealed that early-onset, but not later-onset, amnesic participants generated fewer retrograde life chapters than controls. The higher-order temporal relation among retrograde chapters, but not their thematic relation or the richness of individual life chapters, was impaired in both amnesic subgroups. The amnesic participants also generated fewer anterograde life chapters than controls, and the richness of their anterograde chapters was reduced in terms of content, but not self-reflection. Findings suggest that the organization of autobiographical content into life chapters is a protracted process that depends on the MTL, as does retrieval of higher order temporal relations among life chapters. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. Master Agreement between Northern Michigan University Board of Control and American Association of University Professors, Northern Michigan Chapter, June 30, 1987-June 30 1990.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    American Association of Univ. Professors, Washington, DC.

    The collective bargaining agreement between Northern Michigan University Board of Control and Northern Michigan University chapter of the American Association of University Professors covering the period June 30, 1987-June 30, 1990 is presented. Items covered in the agreement include: chapter recognition, nondiscrimination, access to information,…

  8. Crystallisation and crystal forms of carbohydrate derivatives

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lennon, Lorna

    This thesis is focused on the synthesis and solid state analysis of carbohydrate derivatives, including many novel compounds. Although the synthetic chemistry surrounding carbohydrates is well established in the literature, the crystal chemistry of carbohydrates is less well studied. Therefore this research aims to improve understanding of the solid state properties of carbohydrate derivatives through gaining more information on their supramolecular bonding. Chapter One focuses on an introduction to the solid state of organic compounds, with a background to crystallisation, including issues that can arise during crystal growth. Chapter Two is based on glucopyranuronate derivatives which are understudied in terms of their solid state forms. This chapter reports on the formation of novel glucuronamides and utilising the functionality of the amide bond for crystallisation. TEMPO oxidation was completed to form glucopyranuronates by oxidation of the primary alcohol groups of glucosides to the carboxylic acid derivatives, to increase functionality for enhanced crystal growth. Chapter Three reports on the synthesis of glucopyranoside derivatives by O-glycosylation reactions and displays crystal structures, including a number of previously unsolved acetate protected and deprotected crystal structures. More complex glycoside derivatives were also researched in an aim to study the resultant supramolecular motifs. Chapter Four contains the synthesis of aryl cellobioside derivatives including the novel crystal structures that were solved for the acetate protected and deprotected compounds. Research was carried out to determine if 1-deoxycellodextrins could act as putative isostructures for cellulose. Our research displays the presence of isostructural references with 1-deoxycellotriose shown to be similar to cellulose III11, 1-deoxycellotetraose correlates with cellulose IV11 and 1-deoxycellopentose shows isostructurality similar to that of cellulose II. Chapter Five contains the full experimental details and spectral characterisation of all novel compounds synthesised in this project and relevant crystallographic information.

  9. Teaching Gymnastics and Body Control.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mauldon, E.; Layson, J.

    This book contains fifteen chapters. Chapters concerned with specific themes or movement ideas are divided into (a) material, (b) teaching, and (c) apparatus. Chapter 1 deals with lesson planning and organization. Chapter 2 is entitled "Movement Observation" and stresses the importance for both children and teachers of trying to see and understand…

  10. Towards an Open Learning Environment for the Young Child: Some Principles, Practices and Issues in Curriculum Planning. Notes, Comments...(Child, Family, Community). Digest No. IV.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Prakasha, Veda

    This digest explores the question, What types of activities and experiences should a good learning environment offer to the young child to help him grow normally and happily? Part 1 focuses on basic considerations in the development of early childhood care and education (ECCE) curricula. Four chapters concern: (1) the learning needs of the young…

  11. Final Requirements--School Improvement Grants--Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. Final Rule. Federal Register, Part IV, Department of Education, 34 CFR Chapter II

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Archives and Records Administration, 2015

    2015-01-01

    The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education adopts final requirements for the School Improvement Grants (SIG) program, authorized under section 1003(g) of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA). These final requirements make changes to the current SIG program requirements and implement…

  12. The Shock and Vibration Digest. Volume 13, Number 12

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-12-01

    Resulting Unsteady Forces and Flow Phenomenon. Part III 26 BOOK REVIEWS STATISTICAL ENERGY ANALYSIS Chapter IV considers the problems of estimating J OF...stress, acceleration, modes. Statistical energy analysis (SEA), which is and pressure; estimations of the average system expressed in terms of random...by F.C. Nelson, SVD, 13 (8), pp 30-31 (Aug 1981) Lyons, R.H., Statistical Energy Analysis of Dynamic Systems, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA; Revieed by H

  13. Interactive Macroeconomics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Guilmi, Corrado; Gallegati, Mauro; Landini, Simone

    2017-04-01

    Preface; List of tables; List of figures, 1. Introduction; Part I. Methodological Notes and Tools: 2. The state space notion; 3. The master equation; Part II. Applications to HIA Based Models: 4. Financial fragility and macroeconomic dynamics I: heterogeneity and interaction; 5. Financial fragility and macroeconomic Dynamics II: learning; Part III. Conclusions: 6. Conclusive remarks; Part IV. Appendices and Complements: Appendix A: Complements to Chapter 3; Appendix B: Solving the ME to solve the ABM; Appendix C: Specifying transition rates; Index.

  14. Energy efficiency in cognitive radio network: Study of cooperative sensing using different channel sensing methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cui, Chenxuan

    When cognitive radio (CR) operates, it starts by sensing spectrum and looking for idle bandwidth. There are several methods for CR to make a decision on either the channel is occupied or idle, for example, energy detection scheme, cyclostationary detection scheme and matching filtering detection scheme [1]. Among them, the most common method is energy detection scheme because of its algorithm and implementation simplicities [2]. There are two major methods for sensing, the first one is to sense single channel slot with varying bandwidth, whereas the second one is to sense multiple channels and each with same bandwidth. After sensing periods, samples are compared with a preset detection threshold and a decision is made on either the primary user (PU) is transmitting or not. Sometimes the sensing and decision results can be erroneous, for example, false alarm error and misdetection error may occur. In order to better control error probabilities and improve CR network performance (i.e. energy efficiency), we introduce cooperative sensing; in which several CR within a certain range detect and make decisions on channel availability together. The decisions are transmitted to and analyzed by a data fusion center (DFC) to make a final decision on channel availability. After the final decision is been made, DFC sends back the decision to the CRs in order to tell them to stay idle or start to transmit data to secondary receiver (SR) within a preset transmission time. After the transmission, a new cycle starts again with sensing. This thesis report is organized as followed: Chapter II review some of the papers on optimizing CR energy efficiency. In Chapter III, we study how to achieve maximal energy efficiency when CR senses single channel with changing bandwidth and with constrain on misdetection threshold in order to protect PU; furthermore, a case study is given and we calculate the energy efficiency. In Chapter IV, we study how to achieve maximal energy efficiency when CR senses multiple channels and each channel with same bandwidth, also, we preset a misdetection threshold and calculate the energy efficiency. A comparison will be shown between two sensing methods at the end of the chapter. Finally, Chapter V concludes this thesis.

  15. [Alcohol-related cognitive impairment and the DSM-5].

    PubMed

    Walvoort, S J W; Wester, A J; Doorakkers, M C; Kessels, R P C; Egger, J I M

    2016-01-01

    It is evident from the dsm-iv-tr that alcohol-related impairment is extremely difficult to classify accurately. As a result, cognitive deficits can easily be overlooked. The dsm-5, however, incorporates a new category, namely 'neurocognitive disorders', which may lead to significant improvements in clinical practice. To compare the classification of alcohol-related cognitive dysfunction in dsm-iv-tr and dsm-5 and to discuss the clinical relevance of the revised classification in the dsm-5. We compare the chapters of the dsm-iv-tr and the dsm-5 concerning alcohol-related cognitive impairment and describe the changes that have been made. The dsm-5 puts greater emphasis on alcohol-related neurocognitive impairment. Not only does dsm-5 distinguish between the degree of severity (major or minor neurocognitive disorder), it also distinguishes between the type of impairment (non-amnestic-type versus confabulating-amnestic type). It also makes a distinction between the durations of impairment (behavioural and/or persistent disorders). The dsm-5 gives a clearer description of alcohol-related neurocognitive dysfunction than does dsm-iv-tr and it stresses the essential role of neuropsychological assessment in the classification, diagnosis, and treatment of neurocognitive disorders.

  16. 77 FR 58063 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Texas; Reasonably Available Control Technology...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-09-19

    .... (1) Control of Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles, (2) Control of Air Pollution from Volatile Organic... discussed below. The first component concerns revisions to 30 TAC Chapter 114 Control of Air Pollution from... component of the June 13, 2007 submittal concerns revisions to 30 TAC, Chapter 115 Control of Air Pollution...

  17. Nitrification in Chloraminated Drinking Water Distribution Systems - Occurrence

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter discusses available information on nitrification occurrence in drinking water chloraminated distribution systems. Chapter 4 provides an introduction to causes and controls for nitrification in chloraminated drinking water systems. Both chapters are intended to serve ...

  18. Community stress and social and technological change: a framework for interpreting the behavior of social movements and community action groups

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Perry, R.W.; Schuller, C.R.; Lindell, M.K.

    1980-06-01

    The purpose of this report is to provide a comprehensive examination of existing research on community organizations and community political systems. These findings will be integrated into a framework for understanding the variety of social and political responses which may be manifest in small communities facing the prospect of hosting a major nuclear facility. The principal focus is on the formation and behavior of social groups in communities, particularly politically oriented social movements or community action groups. This analysis is set on the context of a community experiencing social stress. Most of the discussion which follows is based on anmore » extrapolation from the large body of reseach literature on the topics in sociology, political science, and psychology. Chapter I examines the community political systems which are the arena in which local action groups will operate. Chapter II focuses on the internal conditions necessary for the formation and maintenance of community action groups. Chapter III reviews the research literature on the social environment of organizations in communities and the external conditions which are necessary to maintain organizations over time. Chapter IV develops a logic whereby the community consensus model can be adopted to particular social movement organizations and community actions groups. Chapter V examines changes in aspects of the environment which can be a function of the operation of movement organizations, and changes in the structure and tactics of movement organizations which appear to be a response to the environment.« less

  19. Chance-Constrained Missile-Procurement and Deployment Models for Naval Surface Warfare

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2005-03-01

    II iv . Missions in period II are assigned so that period-II scenarios are satisfied with a user-specified probability IIsp , which may depend on...feasible solution of RFFAM will successfully cover the period-II demands with probability IIsp if the MAP is followed (see Corollary 1 in Chapter...given set of scenarios D , and in particular any IIsp -feasible subset. Therefore, assume that the remainder vectors ˆsjr are listed in non-increasing

  20. Nine Days to Oder: An Alternate NATO Strategy for Central Region, Europe.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-06-01

    in the formulation of the air campaign plans. To all these colleagues in the profession of arms, the authors offer their thanks. ii TABLE OF CONTENTS ...Risk Assessment ...................... 144 iv TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED Page XI. THE COST OF THE ALTERNATE STRATEGY ... ........... ... 149 XII. PACT...Encyclopedia of Military History, p. 261. 2. Basil Liddell Hart, The Sword and the Pen, p. 319. 3. Ibid., p. 318. 3 CHAPTER II SOVIET STRATEGY AND PACT

  1. An Overview of Cellular Telecommunications

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-03-01

    34 photophone " in 1880, and he achieved successful wireless transmission of intelligible human speech over distances up to 700 feet [Ref. 7:p. 24]. Such a feat...both natural and man-made noise, and produced the desirable "capture effect ", in which the receiver will recognize the stronger of two competing signals...Ref. 7 :p. 58]. The operational effects that this decision had on the cellular industry will be discussed in chapter IV under the Economic/Cost

  2. Project CHECO Southeast Asia Report. COIN in Thailand, January 1967 - December 1968

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1969-03-26

    communists were not strategically ready for such overt action against the American presence. It was thought that the policy of avoiding direct attacks on...specialists suggested that the bullet may have been manufactured in China. 27 CHAPTER IV U.S. ASSISTANCE Strategically and tactically, the kingdom of...inte- grated with the Thai Air Operations Center, the Border Patrol Police ( BPP ), and CMP units at Mukdahan/Sakon Nakhon and NKP. Medical civic action

  3. Effects of Different Fabrication Techniques on the Yttrium-Barium-Copper Oxide High Temperature Superconductor

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-12-01

    and barium peroxide. The eperimental design includes barium carbonate as a precursor since it is a comronly used starting material for the ccupound...Kerans, Materials Laboratory, for his assistance in designing this project. I would also like to thank Tim Peterson for his patient instructing. I...the design of the devices used for taking measurements was detailed. Chapter IV showed the results of each type of measurement on each individual

  4. Analysis of Mission Effectiveness: Modern System Architecture Tools for Project Developers

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-12-01

    operator input and scripted instructions to describe low-level flow. Note that the case study in Chapter IV describes one pass through evaluation...capability of the sensors. A constraint on the case study is that each sensor type must cover the entire operations area. Cost is a function of 53...completed. 5. Assessment This case study focuses on the first recursive refinement phase completed in a multi-phase effort to demonstrate the effects

  5. Reactivity of Metal Nitrates.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-07-20

    02NOCuOH Any mechanism suggested for the nitration of aromatic systems by titanium(IV) nitrate must take into account the observed similarity, in...occurs. -26- References 1. For recent reviews see (a) R. B. Moodie and K. Schofield, Accounts Chem. Res., 1976, 9, 287; (b) G. A. Olah and S. J. Kuhn...Ithaca, N.Y., 1969, Chapter VI; L. M. Stock, Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 1976, 12, 21; J. G. Hoggett , R. B. Moodie, J. R. Penton, and K. Schofield

  6. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES (CHAPTER 65)

    EPA Science Inventory

    The chapter discusses the use of technologies for reducing air pollution emissions from stationary sources, with emphasis on the control of combustion gen-erated air pollution. Major stationary sources include utility power boilers, industrial boilers and heaters, metal smelting ...

  7. 76 FR 82079 - AP1000 Design Certification Amendment

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-12-30

    ... reference Revision 15 of the design control document (DCD) (ADAMS Accession No. ML053460400), which... to DAC in the areas of piping design (Chapter 3), instrumentation and control (I&C) systems (Chapter... Systems Manual, as described in the AP1000 Design Control Document, Revision 17, meets the criteria of...

  8. Grain Handling and Storage.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harris, Troy G.; Minor, John

    This text for a secondary- or postecondary-level course in grain handling and storage contains ten chapters. Chapter titles are (1) Introduction to Grain Handling and Storage, (2) Elevator Safety, (3) Grain Grading and Seed Identification, (4) Moisture Control, (5) Insect and Rodent Control, (6) Grain Inventory Control, (7) Elevator Maintenance,…

  9. Command generator tracker based direct model reference adaptive control of a PUMA 560 manipulator. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Swift, David C.

    1992-01-01

    This project dealt with the application of a Direct Model Reference Adaptive Control algorithm to the control of a PUMA 560 Robotic Manipulator. This chapter will present some motivation for using Direct Model Reference Adaptive Control, followed by a brief historical review, the project goals, and a summary of the subsequent chapters.

  10. Biological and ecological responses to carbon-based nanomaterials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ratnikova, Tatsiana A.

    This dissertation examines the biological and ecological responses to carbon nanoparticles, a major class of nanomaterials which have been mass produced and extensively studied for their rich physical properties and commercial values. Chapter I of this dissertation offers a comprehensive review on the structures, properties, applications, and implications of carbon nanomaterials, especially related to the perspectives of biological and ecosystems. Given that there are many types of carbon nanomaterials available, this chapter is focused on three major types of carbon-based nanomaterials only, namely, fullerenes, single walled and multi-walled carbon nanotubes. On the whole organism level, specifically, Chapter II presents a first study on the fate of fullerenes and multiwalled carbon nanotubes in rice plants, which was facilitated by the self assembly of these nanomaterials with NOM. The aspects of fullerene uptake, translocation, biodistribution, and generational transfer in the plants were examined and quantified using bright field and electron microscopy, FT-Raman, and FTIR spectroscopy. The uptake and transport of fullerene in the plant vascular system were attributed to water transpiration, convection, capillary force, and the fullerene concentration gradient from the roots to the leaves of the plants. On the cellular level, Chapter III documents the differential uptake of hydrophilic C60(OH)20 vs. amphiphilic C70-NOM complex in Allium cepa plant cells and HT-29 colon carcinoma cells. This study was conducted using a plant cell viability assay, and complemented by bright field, fluorescence and electron microscopy imaging. In particular, C60(OH)20 and C70-NOM showed contrasting uptake in both the plant and mammalian cells, due to their significant differences in physicochemistry and the presence of an extra hydrophobic plant cell wall in the plant cells. Consequently, C60(OH)20 was found to induce toxicity in Allium cepa cells but not in HT-29 cells, while C70-NOM was toxic to HT-29 cells but not to the plant cells. Along with the biophysical study presented in Chapter III, Chapter IV further delineates the toxicological consequences of cell exposure to C 60(OH)20. The cytoprotective properties of C60(OH) 20 against copper were demonstrated using a double-exposure system: HT-29 cells were first exposed to C60(OH)20 and then to copper, a physicologically essential element and a major toxin. Using cell viability, proliferation, and intracellular reactive oxygen species (ROS) production assays, I demonstrated the inhibition of copper-induced cell damage and ROS production by C60(OH)20. Neutralization of copper ions by C60(OH)20 in the extracellular space, as well as adsorption and uptake of the nanoparticles surface-modified by the cell medium were identified as plausible mechanisms for the cytoprotective activities of C60(OH)20 against copper. Extended from the cellular studies in Chapters III and IV, Chapter V and VI show molecular-level inhibitions of two major cellular processes -- DNA amplification and MT polymerization -- by C60(OH) 20. Such inhibitions were mainly attributed to the formation of hydrogen bonding between the nanoparticles and the hydrogens of the triphosphate tail of the nucleotide/DNA or the tubulin heterodimers, the building blocks of microtubules. Specifically, in Chapter V, the effect of C60(OH) 20 on the amplification of an HSTF gene was examined using PCR and real-time PCR, whereas in Chapter VI circular dichroism spectroscopy, GTP hydrolysis assay, and ITC measurements were utilized to examine the effect of C 60(OH)20 on MT polymerization. In both cases, the experimental results were confirmed and substantiated by molecular dynamics simulations. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  11. The Second Annual Primary Care Conference--Programming to eliminate health disparities among ethnic minority populations: an introduction to proceedings.

    PubMed

    Heisler, Michael; Blumenthal, Daniel S; Rust, George; Dubois, Anne M

    2003-01-01

    From October 31, 2002 through November 2, 2002, the Second Annual Primary Care Conference was held, sponsored by the Morehouse School of Medicine's National Center for Primary Care and its Prevention Research Center. The conference was designed as a collaborative activity with the Atlanta Regional Health Forum; The Carter Center; Emory University's School of Medicine, Nell Hodgson Woodruff School of Nursing, and Rollins School of Public Health; Georgia Chapter of the American College of Physicians/American Society of Internal Medicine; Georgia Nurses Foundation; Southeastern Primary Care Consortium, Inc./Atlanta Area Health Education Center; St. Joseph's Mercy Care Services; United States Department of Health and Human Services: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; Health and Human Services (Region IV); Health Resources and Services Administration; Office of Minority Health (Region IV); and Office on Women's Health (Region IV). The 2 and a half-day conference featured 5 plenary sessions and 3 tracks of medical education for primary care physicians and other healthcare providers. The tracks were categorized as: Track A: Adult Health; Track B: Public Health and Prevention; and Track C: Maternal/Child/Youth Health. Within each track, 6 working sessions were presented on topic areas including diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular disease, cancer, mental health, infectious disease, behavioral and social health, women's health, stroke, and asthma. A total of 18 working sessions took place and each working session included 3 presentations. Continuing medical education credits or continuing education units were granted to participants. In all, 485 individuals participated in the conference, with the majority of the participants from the southeastern United States. Of the attendees, 35% were physicians (MD); 13% were nurses (RN); 12% held master-level degrees; and 12% held other doctorate-level degrees.

  12. Pre-Emption and Precedent: The Significance of Iraq (1981) and Syria (2007) for an Israeli Response to an Iranian Nuclear Threat

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-06-10

    x CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ...79 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Background You don‘t want a messianic apocalyptic cult controlling atomic...Elli_Louka_Nuclear_Weapons_Proliferation.pdf (accessed 15 April 2011). 8 This study consists of five chapters. Chapter 1, ― Introduction ‖ announces the topic and describes its

  13. Model Based Optimal Control, Estimation, and Validation of Lithium-Ion Batteries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perez, Hector Eduardo

    This dissertation focuses on developing and experimentally validating model based control techniques to enhance the operation of lithium ion batteries, safely. An overview of the contributions to address the challenges that arise are provided below. Chapter 1: This chapter provides an introduction to battery fundamentals, models, and control and estimation techniques. Additionally, it provides motivation for the contributions of this dissertation. Chapter 2: This chapter examines reference governor (RG) methods for satisfying state constraints in Li-ion batteries. Mathematically, these constraints are formulated from a first principles electrochemical model. Consequently, the constraints explicitly model specific degradation mechanisms, such as lithium plating, lithium depletion, and overheating. This contrasts with the present paradigm of limiting measured voltage, current, and/or temperature. The critical challenges, however, are that (i) the electrochemical states evolve according to a system of nonlinear partial differential equations, and (ii) the states are not physically measurable. Assuming available state and parameter estimates, this chapter develops RGs for electrochemical battery models. The results demonstrate how electrochemical model state information can be utilized to ensure safe operation, while simultaneously enhancing energy capacity, power, and charge speeds in Li-ion batteries. Chapter 3: Complex multi-partial differential equation (PDE) electrochemical battery models are characterized by parameters that are often difficult to measure or identify. This parametric uncertainty influences the state estimates of electrochemical model-based observers for applications such as state-of-charge (SOC) estimation. This chapter develops two sensitivity-based interval observers that map bounded parameter uncertainty to state estimation intervals, within the context of electrochemical PDE models and SOC estimation. Theoretically, this chapter extends the notion of interval observers to PDE models using a sensitivity-based approach. Practically, this chapter quantifies the sensitivity of battery state estimates to parameter variations, enabling robust battery management schemes. The effectiveness of the proposed sensitivity-based interval observers is verified via a numerical study for the range of uncertain parameters. Chapter 4: This chapter seeks to derive insight on battery charging control using electrochemistry models. Directly using full order complex multi-partial differential equation (PDE) electrochemical battery models is difficult and sometimes impossible to implement. This chapter develops an approach for obtaining optimal charge control schemes, while ensuring safety through constraint satisfaction. An optimal charge control problem is mathematically formulated via a coupled reduced order electrochemical-thermal model which conserves key electrochemical and thermal state information. The Legendre-Gauss-Radau (LGR) pseudo-spectral method with adaptive multi-mesh-interval collocation is employed to solve the resulting nonlinear multi-state optimal control problem. Minimum time charge protocols are analyzed in detail subject to solid and electrolyte phase concentration constraints, as well as temperature constraints. The optimization scheme is examined using different input current bounds, and an insight on battery design for fast charging is provided. Experimental results are provided to compare the tradeoffs between an electrochemical-thermal model based optimal charge protocol and a traditional charge protocol. Chapter 5: Fast and safe charging protocols are crucial for enhancing the practicality of batteries, especially for mobile applications such as smartphones and electric vehicles. This chapter proposes an innovative approach to devising optimally health-conscious fast-safe charge protocols. A multi-objective optimal control problem is mathematically formulated via a coupled electro-thermal-aging battery model, where electrical and aging sub-models depend upon the core temperature captured by a two-state thermal sub-model. The Legendre-Gauss-Radau (LGR) pseudo-spectral method with adaptive multi-mesh-interval collocation is employed to solve the resulting highly nonlinear six-state optimal control problem. Charge time and health degradation are therefore optimally traded off, subject to both electrical and thermal constraints. Minimum-time, minimum-aging, and balanced charge scenarios are examined in detail. Sensitivities to the upper voltage bound, ambient temperature, and cooling convection resistance are investigated as well. Experimental results are provided to compare the tradeoffs between a balanced and traditional charge protocol. Chapter 6: This chapter provides concluding remarks on the findings of this dissertation and a discussion of future work.

  14. Steam jet ejectors for the process industries. [Glossary included

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Power, R.B.

    1994-01-01

    Steam jet ejectors were for many years the workhorse of the chemical process industries for producing vacuum. With increasing emphasis on stricter pollution control, their use was curtailed. There are still many applications, however, such as those with large capacity requirements, where ejectors are the only equipment that can produce sufficient vacuum. Chapter 1 is a short overview on how to use the text. Chapter 2 discusses what an ejector is and how it works. How ejector stages work is reviewed in Chapter 3. Engineering calculations for ejector stages is thoroughly discussed in Chapter 4. In Chapter 5, contact andmore » surface condensers are reviewed, and calculation procedures are presented. The various types of pressure control are discussed in Chapter 6. Chapter 7 is an excellent review of installation of ejector vacuum systems. The final chapter of Part 2 (Chapters 3--8) thoroughly covers all aspects of operation, testing, troubleshooting and maintenance. Part 3, consisting of two chapters, is devoted to specifying and purchasing steam jet ejectors. Part 4 on other ejector applications and upgrading ejector usage also consists of two chapters. Chapter 11 reviews steam-jet refrigeration, steam-jet and gas-jet compressors, liquid jet eductors, desuperheaters, special design situations, and designing one's own systems. Upgrading of existing ejector procedures and hardware is reviewed in Chapter 12. The 12 appendixes cover: physical properties of common fluids; handy vacuum engineering data and rules of thumb; SI unit conversions; sizing air and steam metering orifices for testing; drill sizes; ejector operating costs and design optimization; forms for ejector calculations, tests, and inspections; instructions for preparing ejector specifications; test kit contents list; ejector manufacturers and suppliers of referenced hardware and information; and failure modes and symptoms.« less

  15. [Clinical Implications of Changes in Child Psychiatry in the DSM-5. Strengths and Weaknesses of the Changes].

    PubMed

    Botero-Franco, Diana; Palacio-Ortíz, Juan David; Arroyave-Sierra, Pilar; Piñeros-Ortíz, Sandra

    2016-01-01

    The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) and the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and related health problems (ICD) integrate the diagnostic criteria commonly used in psychiatric practice, but the DSM-IV-TR was insufficient for current clinical work. The DSM-5 was first made public in May at the Congress of the American Psychiatric Association, and it includes changes to some aspects of Child Psychiatry, as many of the conditions that were at the beginning in chapter of infancy, childhood and adolescence disorders have been transferred to other chapters and there are new diagnostic criteria or new terms are added. It is therefore important to provide it to Psychiatrists who attend children in order to assess the changes they will be facing in the nomenclature and classification in pursuit of a better classification of the childhood psychopathology. Copyright © 2016. Publicado por Elsevier España.

  16. Fundamentals of Condensed Matter Physics Marvin L. Cohen and Steven G. Louie

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Devanathan, Ram

    This graduate level textbook on Condensed Matter Physics is written lucidly by two leading luminaries in this field. The volume draws its material from the graduate course in condensed matter physics that has been offered by the authors for several decades at the University of California, Berkeley. Cohen and Louie have done an admirable job of guiding the reader gradually from elementary concepts to advanced topics. The book is divided into four main parts that have four chapters each. Chapter 1 presents models of solids in terms of interacting atoms, which is appropriate for the ground state, and excitations tomore » describe collective effects. Chapter 2 deals with the properties of electrons in crystalline materials. The authors introduce the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and then proceed to the periodic potential approximation. Chapter 3 discusses energy bands in materials and covers concepts from the free electron model to the tight binding model and periodic boundary conditions. Chapter 4 starts with fixed atomic cores and introduces lattice vibrations, phonons, and the concept of density of states. By the end of this part, the student should have a basic understanding of electrons and phonons in materials. Part II presents electron dynamics and the response of materials to external probes. Chapter 5 covers the effective Hamiltonian approximation and the motion of the electron under a perturbation, such as an external field. The discussion moves to many-electron interactions and the exchange-correlation energy in Chapter 6, the widely-used Density Functional Theory (DFT) in chapter 7, and the dielectric response function in Chapter 8. The next two parts of the book cover advanced topics. Part III begins with a discussion of the response of materials to photons in Chapter 9. Chapter 10 goes into the details of electron-phonon interactions in different materials and introduces the polaron. Chapter 11 presents electron dynamics in a magnetic field and Chapter 12 discusses electrical and thermal transport in materials. Part IV takes the reader further into many body effects, superconductivity, and nanoscale materials. The authors introduce Feynman diagrams and many-body perturbation theory in Chapter 13, theories of superconductivity in Chapter 14, magnetism in Chapter 15, and low dimensional systems in Chapter 16. The first two parts are required reading for the beginner planning to perform DFT calculations. The advanced student interested in conducting research in condensed matter physics will benefit from continuing on to the last two parts. There is a set of problems at the end of each part. The narrative is aided by equations and detailed figures. References at the end of the book direct the reader to relevant books and review articles for each chapter. The inside covers include a periodic table and a useful list of fundamental physical constants. The authors present the underlying mathematics elegantly, which makes the textbook quite readable for those with a good mathematical background. Students lacking a firm footing in math will find the terrain rough after Chapter 1. This field has seen many good undergraduate textbooks including those by Kittel and by Ashcroft and Mermin. This volume fills the need for a rigorous graduate level textbook, and is a required addition to the bookshelf of every condensed matter physicist. Cohen and Louie have brought refreshing clarity to a challenging subject and made it eminently accessible to the motivated student.« less

  17. Computer Simulation of a Multiaxis Air-to-Air Tracking Task Using the Optimal Pilot Control Model.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-12-01

    v ABSTRACT ........ ............................. .. vi CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION ....... ..................... 1 1.1 Motivation... Introduction ......... . 4 2.2 Optimal Pilot Control Model and Control Synthesis 4 2.3 Pitch Tracking Task ...... ................... 6 2.4 Multiaxis...CHAPTER 3 - SIMULATION SYSTEM ...... .................. 33 3.1 Introduction ........ ....................... 33 3.2 System Hardware

  18. 31 CFR 8.3 - Conference and practice requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... issued under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778); (d) 27 CFR part 178, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44... under the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 40). ...

  19. 31 CFR 8.3 - Conference and practice requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... issued under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778); (d) 27 CFR part 178, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44... under the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 40). ...

  20. 31 CFR 8.3 - Conference and practice requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... issued under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778); (d) 27 CFR part 178, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44... under the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 40). ...

  1. 31 CFR 8.3 - Conference and practice requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... issued under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778); (d) 27 CFR part 178, subpart E, with respect to proceedings concerning licenses issued under the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44... under the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C. Chapter 40). ...

  2. Isidore of Seville on the origins and meanings of medical terms.

    PubMed

    Dirckx, John H

    2007-12-01

    Early in the 7th century of our era, the prelate and scholar Isidore of Seville compiled a Latin encyclopedia of classical learning that retained its popularity throughout the Middle Ages and into early modern times. This work, called Origines seu Etymologiae, treats many of its topics by tracing (often fancifully and incorrectly) the histories of their terms. From Book IV, which deals with medicine, 3 chapters containing glossaries of acute, chronic, and cutaneous diseases are here translated.

  3. An Application of Response Surface Methodology to a Macroeconomic Model.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-12-01

    L21,ILI,ISl ,KI,SBI,PYl ,MI,P11,Q1 double precision TE,TW,TC,TN,TR,G,W2,R2,T,H,NP,NL,N8,NE,FR, :: & PF,LB A double precision CLI, SCLI ,PCL1IDL1 ,WlLl...TCLI-TNLI- SCLI )*PILI/PRLI) & .0.012*FR)+0.5*R1 PR=0.5*(-131. 17+2.32.PI)+0.5*PR *The monetary sector is omitted (See Chapter IV) C L1=0.5*(0.14*(M-TW

  4. More Can Be Done to Improve the Department of Agriculture’s Commodity Donation Program.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-07-09

    the method it used is sound and not misleading. (See p. 23 and app. IV.) Tow Shoot v 4 i Contents Page DIGEST i CHAPTER INTRODUCTION 1 Program...vege- table purchases. Poultry--"Planned purchases of broilers under the Docket Proposal constitute about 0.75 percent of projected marketings and are...purchases of broilers under the Docket Mix would constitute less than 1 percent of the market during the period of pur- chase and are, hence, not

  5. Tactical Tomahawk RGM-109E/UGM-109E Missile (TACTOM)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-12-01

    2004: Operational Requirements Document for Tomahawk Weapons Systems Baseline IV signed. TACTOM is authorized in Chapter 2 of this system level ...5124.8 3290.3 6885.4 6390.4 1 APB Breach Confidence Level Confidence Level of cost estimate for current APB: 51% The estimate to support this program...Development Estimate Changes PAUC Production Estimate Econ Qty Sch Eng Est Oth Spt Total 1.365 -0.015 0.324 0.117 0.000 -0.716 0.000 0.104 -0.186 1.179

  6. Real Options in Defense R and D: A Decision Tree Analysis Approach for Options to Defer, Abandon, and Expand

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-12-01

    chosen rather than complex ones , and responds to the criticism of the DTA approach. Chapter IV provides three separate case studies in defense R&D...defense R&D projects. To this end, the first section describes the case study method and the advantages of using simple models over more complex ones ...the analysis lacked empirical data and relied on subjective data, the analysis successfully combined the DTA approach with the case study method and

  7. Tunneling Microscopy of Submonolayer Adsorbates on Si(111)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-10-01

    and B are both trivalent and are both found in the same column of the periodic table. At 1/3 ML coverage on Si(1 11), both induce the identical...the theoretical and experimental status of trivalent metal adsorption 6 on Si(1 11) that existed prior to our experiments. Chapters IV and V present...formed by evaporating 500A of chromium and 1000A of platinum on each face. The transducer must then be poled by immersing it in tetrachloroethane and

  8. The Government of Indonesian Daerahs.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1960-09-12

    in 1959 modifying Law No 1 of 1S57. A translation of Law No 1 of 1957 appears in JPRS Translation 921-N, Texts of Indonesian Law No 32 (on Fiscal...Government of the Regions of East Indonesia, which was issued by the former State of East Indonesia and which appears as Item No 44 in the 1950 Statute...Chapter I. FOREWORD Part IV, Articles 131 through 133 of the Provisional Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia (which appears as No 56 in the

  9. Enhancing the Bandwidth Utilization in the Millimeter Wave Band and to Modernize the Digital Signal Processing Laboratory at the California State University, Bakersfield

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-03-16

    PIs at Boise State University. . . . 39 3.16 Phase noise measurement results via mm-wave test bed. . . . . . . . 40 iv Chapter 1 Foreword WIRELESS...enabling the PI to acquire various testing 1 and measurement equipment that can be used to enhance instructional, research, and outreach activities at...etc. Although the Digital Signal Processing and Communication Laboratory (DSPCL) at CSUB was equipped with basic testing and measurement equipment and

  10. Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the DOE Hanford Site

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Snow, Robert L.; Ross, Steven B.

    2011-09-15

    The purpose of this review is to assess the need for updating Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) assessments for the DOE's Hanford Site, as required by DOE Order 420.1B Chapter IV, Natural Phenomena Hazards Mitigation, based on significant changes in state-of-the-art NPH assessment methodology or site-specific information. This review is an update and expansion to the September 2010 review of PNNL-19751, Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas (Non-Seismic).

  11. 76 FR 60133 - Proposed Information Collection (Request for Supplies (Chapter 31-Vocational Rehabilitation...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-09-28

    ... (Request for Supplies (Chapter 31--Vocational Rehabilitation)); Comment Request AGENCY: Veterans Benefits... to determine whether supplies requested for a veteran's rehabilitation program are necessary. DATES.... Title: Request for Supplies (Chapter 31--Vocational Rehabilitation), VA Form 28-1905m. OMB Control...

  12. The DSM-IV nosology of chronic pain: a comparison of pain disorder and multiple somatization syndrome.

    PubMed

    Hiller, W; Heuser, J; Fichter, M M

    2000-01-01

    This study evaluates the classification of pain from the perspective of the DSM-IV system. Of 60 in-patients with long-standing and disabling pain syndromes, 29 with pain disorder (PD) and 31 with pain as part of a multiple somatization syndrome (MSS) were compared before and after a structured cognitive-behavioral treatment. It was hypothesized that MSS patients show more psychological distress, are more severely disabled, and respond less to the treatment. Both groups were similar with respect to sociodemographic status, history of pain symptomatology and comorbidity with DSM-IV mental disorders. The results show that MSS patients had higher levels of affective and sensoric pain sensations as well as more pain-related disabilities. They were also less successful during treatment to reduce their pain-related depression and anxiety. Psychosocial functioning was improved only by PD patients, but remained almost unchanged in the MSS group. However, there were no group differences concerning general depression and hypochondriasis, dysfunctional attitudes towards body and health, and use of pain coping strategies. It is concluded that the DSM-IV distinction between 'pure' pain disorder and syndromes involving pain plus multiple somatoform symptoms cannot generally be confirmed, but further studies of validation are needed. Copyright 2000 European Federation of Chapters of the International Association for the Study of Pain.

  13. 76 FR 67232 - Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS); Meeting of the ACRS Subcommittee on U.S...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-10-31

    ..., 2011--8:30 a.m. Until 5 p.m. The Subcommittee will review Chapters 7, ``Instrumentation and Controls... Chapter 7, ``Instrumentation and Controls,'' of the Calvert Cliffs RCOL SER with Open Items. The...

  14. Lyapunov-based control of limit cycle oscillations in uncertain aircraft systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bialy, Brendan

    Store-induced limit cycle oscillations (LCO) affect several fighter aircraft and is expected to remain an issue for next generation fighters. LCO arises from the interaction of aerodynamic and structural forces, however the primary contributor to the phenomenon is still unclear. The practical concerns regarding this phenomenon include whether or not ordnance can be safely released and the ability of the aircrew to perform mission-related tasks while in an LCO condition. The focus of this dissertation is the development of control strategies to suppress LCO in aircraft systems. The first contribution of this work (Chapter 2) is the development of a controller consisting of a continuous Robust Integral of the Sign of the Error (RISE) feedback term with a neural network (NN) feedforward term to suppress LCO behavior in an uncertain airfoil system. The second contribution of this work (Chapter 3) is the extension of the development in Chapter 2 to include actuator saturation. Suppression of LCO behavior is achieved through the implementation of an auxiliary error system that features hyperbolic functions and a saturated RISE feedback control structure. Due to the lack of clarity regarding the driving mechanism behind LCO, common practice in literature and in Chapters 2 and 3 is to replicate the symptoms of LCO by including nonlinearities in the wing structure, typically a nonlinear torsional stiffness. To improve the accuracy of the system model a partial differential equation (PDE) model of a flexible wing is derived (see Appendix F) using Hamilton's principle. Chapters 4 and 5 are focused on developing boundary control strategies for regulating the bending and twisting deformations of the derived model. The contribution of Chapter 4 is the construction of a backstepping-based boundary control strategy for a linear PDE model of an aircraft wing. The backstepping-based strategy transforms the original system to a exponentially stable system. A Lyapunov-based stability analysis is then used to show boundedness of the wing bending dynamics. A Lyapunov-based boundary control strategy for an uncertain nonlinear PDE model of an aircraft wing is developed in Chapter 5. In this chapter, a proportional feedback term is coupled with an gradient-based adaptive update law to ensure asymptotic regulation of the flexible states.

  15. 76 FR 77893 - Agency Information Collection (Request for Supplies (Chapter 31-Vocational Rehabilitation...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-12-14

    ... for Supplies (Chapter 31- Vocational Rehabilitation)): Activity Under OMB Review AGENCY: Veterans... for Supplies (Chapter 31--Vocational Rehabilitation), VA Form 28-1905m. OMB Control Number: 2900-0061... request supplies for veterans in rehabilitation programs. The official at the facility providing...

  16. The Complete Control Your Money: A Quick and Easy Guide with Worksheets.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    2001

    This workbook contains information on money management written for adult new readers. A brief self-test "Are You in Control?" is followed by 15 chapters that include information, worksheets, and summary sheets. The chapters are entitled: (1) "Getting Control of Your Money"; (2) "Tracking Your Spending"; (3) "Figuring Your Income and Expenses"; (4)…

  17. 40 CFR 52.2270 - Identification of plan.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 115.153 Alternate Control Requirements 4/26/02 2/27/08, 73 FR 10383 Section 115.155 Approved Test... for Permits by Rule 9/25/2002 3/20/2009, 74 FR 11851. Chapter 111 (Reg 1)—Control of Air Pollution.../2009, 74 FR 19144 Chapter 112 (Reg 2)—Control of Air Pollution From Sulfur Compounds Section 112.1...

  18. MANAGEMENT OF WET-WEATHER FLOW IN THE URBAN WATERSHED

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter covers the control and treatment of stormwater in relation to the removal or reduction of the stormwater pollutant loads. The control of stormwater to prevent flooding is not the emphasis of this chapter. The pollution abatement technologies discussed will help atte...

  19. EPICS Input Output Controller (IOC) Record Reference Manual

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Anderson, J.B.; Kraimer, M.R.

    1994-12-01

    This manual describes all supported EPICS record types. The first chapter gives introduction and describes the field summary table. The second chapter describes the fields in database common, i.e. the fields that are present in every record type. The third chapter describes the input and output field that are common to many record types and have the same usage wherever they are used. Following the third chapter is a separate chapter for each record type containing a description of all the fields for that record type except those in database common.

  20. Toward a Dependable Peace: A Proposal for an Appropriate Security System.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johansen, Robert C.

    This booklet proposes that citizens and governments think imaginatively about national and international security and take action for comprehensive arms reductions. The document is presented in eight chapters. Chapter I reports that global insecurity exists despite continuous arms control negotiations since World War II. Chapter II discusses…

  1. Saving Money Through Energy Conservation.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Presley, Michael H.; And Others

    This publication is an introduction to personal energy conservation. The first chapter presents a rationale for conserving energy and points out that private citizens control about one third of this country's energy consumption. Chapters two and three show how to save money by saving energy. Chapter two discusses energy conservation methods in the…

  2. Basalt fiber reinforced polymer composites: Processing and properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Qiang

    A high efficiency rig was designed and built for in-plane permeability measurement of fabric materials. A new data derivation procedure to acquire the flow fluid pattern in the experiment was developed. The measurement results of the in-plane permeability for basalt twill 31 fabric material showed that a high correlation exists between the two principal permeability values for this fabric at 35% fiber volume fraction. This may be the most important scientific contribution made in this thesis. The results from radial measurements corresponded quite well with those from Unidirectional (UD) measurements, which is a well-established technique. No significant differences in mechanical properties were found between basalt fabric reinforced polymer composites and glass composites reinforced by a fabric of similar weave pattern. Aging results indicate that the interfacial region in basalt composites may be more vulnerable to environmental damage than that in glass composites. However, the basalt/epoxy interface may have been more durable than the glass/epoxy interface in tension-tension fatigue because the basalt composites have significantly longer fatigue life. In this thesis, chapter I reviews the literature on fiber reinforced polymer composites, with concentration on permeability measurement, mechanical properties and durability. Chapter II discusses the design of the new rig for in-plane permeability measurement, the new derivation procedure for monitoring of the fluid flow pattern, and the permeability measurement results. Chapter III compares the mechanical properties and durability between basalt fiber and glass fiber reinforced polymer composites. Lastly, chapter IV gives some suggestions and recommendations for future work.

  3. Live cell imaging of phosphoinositide dynamics during Legionella infection.

    PubMed

    Weber, Stephen; Hilbi, Hubert

    2014-01-01

    The "accidental" pathogen Legionella pneumophila replicates intracellularly in a distinct compartment, the Legionella-containing vacuole (LCV). To form this specific pathogen vacuole, the bacteria translocate via the Icm/Dot type IV secretion system approximately 300 different effector proteins into the host cell. Several of these secreted effectors anchor to the cytoplasmic face of the LCV membrane by binding to phosphoinositide (PI) lipids. L. pneumophila thus largely controls the localization of secreted bacterial effectors and the recruitment of host factors to the LCV through the modulation of the vacuole membrane PI pattern. The LCV PI pattern and its dynamics can be studied in real-time using fluorescently labeled protein probes stably produced by the soil amoeba Dictyostelium discoideum. In this chapter, we describe a protocol to (1) construct and handle amoeba model systems as a tool for observing PIs in live cell imaging, (2) capture rapid changes in membrane PI patterning during uptake events, and (3) observe the dynamics of LCV PIs over the course of a Legionella infection.

  4. 27 CFR 70.802 - Rules for disclosure of certain specified matters.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ..., or in connection with property seized under Title I of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44) or title XI of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 40), a copy of the...

  5. 27 CFR 70.802 - Rules for disclosure of certain specified matters.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ..., or in connection with property seized under Title I of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44) or title XI of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 40), a copy of the...

  6. 27 CFR 70.802 - Rules for disclosure of certain specified matters.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ..., or in connection with property seized under Title I of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44) or title XI of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 40), a copy of the...

  7. 27 CFR 70.802 - Rules for disclosure of certain specified matters.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ..., or in connection with property seized under Title I of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44) or title XI of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970 (18 U.S.C., Chapter 40), a copy of the...

  8. Voltage management of distribution networks with high penetration of distributed photovoltaic generation sources

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alyami, Saeed

    Installation of photovoltaic (PV) units could lead to great challenges to the existing electrical systems. Issues such as voltage rise, protection coordination, islanding detection, harmonics, increased or changed short-circuit levels, etc., need to be carefully addressed before we can see a wide adoption of this environmentally friendly technology. Voltage rise or overvoltage issues are of particular importance to be addressed for deploying more PV systems to distribution networks. This dissertation proposes a comprehensive solution to deal with the voltage violations in distribution networks, from controlling PV power outputs and electricity consumption of smart appliances in real time to optimal placement of PVs at the planning stage. The dissertation is composed of three parts: the literature review, the work that has already been done and the future research tasks. An overview on renewable energy generation and its challenges are given in Chapter 1. The overall literature survey, motivation and the scope of study are also outlined in the chapter. Detailed literature reviews are given in the rest of chapters. The overvoltage and undervoltage phenomena in typical distribution networks with integration of PVs are further explained in Chapter 2. Possible approaches for voltage quality control are also discussed in this chapter, followed by the discussion on the importance of the load management for PHEVs and appliances and its benefits to electric utilities and end users. A new real power capping method is presented in Chapter 3 to prevent overvoltage by adaptively setting the power caps for PV inverters in real time. The proposed method can maintain voltage profiles below a pre-set upper limit while maximizing the PV generation and fairly distributing the real power curtailments among all the PV systems in the network. As a result, each of the PV systems in the network has equal opportunity to generate electricity and shares the responsibility of voltage regulation. The method does not require global information and can be implemented either under a centralized supervisory control scheme or in a distributed way via consensus control. Chapter 4 investigates autonomous operation schedules for three types of intelligent appliances (or residential controllable loads) without receiving external signals for cost saving and for assisting the management of possible photovoltaic generation systems installed in the same distribution network. The three types of controllable loads studied in the chapter are electric water heaters, refrigerators deicing loads, and dishwashers, respectively. Chapter 5 investigates the method to mitigate overvoltage issues at the planning stage. A probabilistic method is presented in the chapter to evaluate the overvoltage risk in a distribution network with different PV capacity sizes under different load levels. Kolmogorov--Smirnov test (K--S test) is used to identify the most proper probability distributions for solar irradiance in different months. To increase accuracy, an iterative process is used to obtain the maximum allowable injection of active power from PVs. Conclusion and discussions on future work are given in Chapter 6.

  9. Anomalous Moessbauer Fraction in Superparamagnetic Systems.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mohie-Eldin, Mohie-Eldin Yehia

    The biological molecule ferritin and its proven synthetic counterpart polysaccharide iron complex (P.I.C.) have been shown to contain small (<100 ^circ in diameter) antiferromagnetic cores at their centers. Mossbauer studies of these molecules have revealed an anomalous drop in the Mossbauer fraction (f-factor) as the temperature rises above 30^ circK for mammalian ferritin and 60 ^circK for P.I.C. Above the blocking temperature, superparamagnetic relaxation results in the disappearance of hyperfine splitting. This thesis investigates and attempts to resolve this Lamb-Mossbauer f-Factor anomaly in these superparamagnetically relaxing systems. Chapter I deals with a basic review of theories of Mossbauer spectroscopy and superparamagnetism. The analogies in the composition of the two molecules is examined in Chapter II. The long range order technique of magnetization measurements is used in Chapter III to compare magnetic properties of both molecules and to verify the suggestion that the P.I.C. molecule is a good "biomimic" to ferritin based on the identification of ferrihydrite as the major mineral in both, by short range probing techniques such as X-ray diffraction. The anomaly is confirmed in P.I.C.'s Mossbauer spectra in Chapter IV. Different absorbers are used to experimentally investigate the absorber thickness effect on the Mossbauer spectra. The anomaly persists for thin absorbers. Also in Chapter V, data that is treated with FFT procedures to eliminate the thickness effect still exhibit this anomaly. We then investigated the effect of superparamagnetic relaxation on the f-factor. In Chapter VI, spin-lattice relaxation was excluded based upon a calculation of the rate of energy transfer from the spin system to the lattice. We introduce a theory in Chapter VII based on the following process as a plausible explanation of the anomaly: Superparamagnetic relaxation brings about a dynamical displacement of the Mossbauer nucleus through magnetostriction. These displacements produce a Doppler broadening of the Mossbauer spectrum that reduces the apparent f-factor. The temperature dependence of the theoretically calculated f-factor agrees qualitatively with experiment. Finally, there is semi-quantitative agreement if the as yet unknown dimensionless magnetostriction constant were to be on the order of 10^{-3} .

  10. 40 CFR 97.632 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  11. 40 CFR 97.732 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  12. 40 CFR 97.272 - Out of control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D of appendix D to part 75 of this chapter... prospectively the certification status of the monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the...

  13. 40 CFR 97.632 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  14. 40 CFR 97.272 - Out of control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D of appendix D to part 75 of this chapter... prospectively the certification status of the monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the...

  15. 40 CFR 97.272 - Out of control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D of appendix D to part 75 of this chapter... prospectively the certification status of the monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the...

  16. 40 CFR 97.732 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  17. 40 CFR 97.272 - Out of control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D of appendix D to part 75 of this chapter... prospectively the certification status of the monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the...

  18. 40 CFR 97.272 - Out of control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D of appendix D to part 75 of this chapter... prospectively the certification status of the monitoring system. The data measured and recorded by the...

  19. 40 CFR 97.632 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  20. 40 CFR 97.732 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or appendix D to part 75 of this chapter. (b) Audit decertification...

  1. Inertia critical layers and their impacts on nongeostrophic baroclinic instability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Bo-Wen

    We investigate the effects of critical levels (CLs) on a baroclinic flow over mountains, nongeostrophic (NG) inertia critical layer instability, and NG baroclinic instability (BI) in a three-layer atmosphere with a small Richardson number (Ri) in the middle layer. We develop a numerical wave decomposition method in Chapter 2, which is found to be useful in determining the reflection coefficient (Ref) numerically when the flow system is too complicated to obtain Ref analytically. Effects of CLs on flow over mountains are studied both analytically and numerically in Chapter 3. We define the effective inertia critical level (ICL) as the height above which inertia-gravity waves attenuate significantly. Based on numerical simulations with a broad range of Rossby number (Ro) and Ri, four wave regimes are found: (a) Regime I: inertia- gravity waves. The flow behaves like unsheared inertia- gravity waves and the effective lower ICL plays a similar role as the classical critical level (CCL) does in a nonrotating flow. (b) Regime II: combined inertia-gravity waves and baroclinic lee waves. These waves behave like those in Regime I below the lower effective ICL, and like baroclinic lee waves near the CCL. (c) Regime III: combined evanescent and baroclinic lee waves. These waves still behave like baroclinic lee waves near the CCL, but are trapped near the surface. (d) Regime IV: transient waves. NG baroclinic instability exists, as evidenced by the positive domain-averaged north-south heat flux. Wave regime IV is further investigated in Chapter 5. We identify the NG baroclinic instability in Chapter 3 as an inertia critical layer (ICLY) instability. The role of the upper inertia critical level in this instability has been studied by choosing a periodic mountain. When only the CCL and upper ICL are present in the domain, the mesoscale ICLY instability tends to occur. For a periodic mountain ridge, the ICLY instability selects the mountain's tvavelength as its wavelength of maximum growth. For an isolated mountain ridge, the NG baroclinic lee wave is established in the beginning for flows with small Ri, which then develops its own upper ICL. The stability of Lindzen and Tung's (1976, hereafter LT76) type of three-layer nonrotating/rotating atmosphere is discussed in Chapter 6. We first investigate the transient dynamics of wave ducting by a numerical model. The adjustment time for waves to be ducted depends on the atmospheric structure and horizontal wavelength. Second, we study the effects of Coriolis force on LT76's wave ducting mechanism, and show that a wave with wavelength on the order of 100 km is hardly ducted. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  2. Synthesis and characterization of functionalized methacrylates for coatings and biomedical applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shemper, Bianca Sadicoff

    The research presented in this dissertation involves the design of polymers for biomaterials and for coatings applications. The development of non-wettable, hard UV-curing, or reactive coatings is discussed. The biomaterials section involves the syntheses of linear and star-like polymers of the functionalized monomer poly(propylene glycol) monomethacrylate (PPGM) via atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) (Chapter II). Its copolymerization with a perfluoroalkyl ethyl methacrylate monomer (1H,1H,2H,2H-heptadecafluorodecyl methacrylate) and the syntheses of linear and star-like amphiphilic copolymers containing the fluorinated monomer and poly(ethyleneglycol) methyl ether methacrylate (MPEGMA) are discussed in Chapter III. The four-arm amphiphilic block copolymer obtained showed unique associative properties leading to micellization in selective solvents. Chapter IV includes research involving the design of films with low surface energy by incorporating fluorine into the polymer. The synthesis, characterization and polymerization of a perfluoroalkylether-substituted methacrylic acid (C8F7) are discussed, and the properties of coatings obtained after its photopolymerization on different substrates are evaluated to confirm formation of low-surface energy polymeric coatings. Subsequently, hard coatings based on methyl (alpha-hydroxymethyl)acrylate (MHMA) were prepared via photopolymerization using UV-light. Firstly, mechanistic investigations into the photopolymerization behavior of (alpha-hydroxymethyl)acrylates (RHMA's) are reported (Chapter V). RHMA derivatives were photopolymerized with various multifunctional acrylates and methacrylates and the effect of crosslinker type and degree of functionality on photopolymerization rates and conversions was investigated. Then, in Chapter VI the synthesis of a series of new crosslinkers is described and their photopolymerization kinetics was investigated in bulk. The effect of these novel crosslinkers on the photopolymerization kinetics and coatings properties of MHMA systems is then shown in Chapter VII. This chapter also includes the effect of the presence of synthetic clay in these systems and the preparation of nanocomposite-based films. The final chapter of this dissertation involves the design of reactive coatings for biomedical applications. The syntheses and characterization of novel functionalized methacrylates containing succinimide ester groups susceptible to derivatization with amine-containing species were accomplished. Photopolymerization of these monomers led to formation of hydrogels and derivatization of the hydrogel surfaces with the tripeptide RGD (arginine-glycine-aspartic acid) was successfully achieved.

  3. Opioid use in knee arthroplasty after receiving intravenous acetaminophen.

    PubMed

    Kelly, Jennifer S; Opsha, Yekaterina; Costello, Jennifer; Schiller, Daryl; Hola, Eric T

    2014-12-01

    Intravenous (IV) acetaminophen may be an effective component of multimodal postoperative pain management. The primary objective of this study was to evaluate the impact of IV acetaminophen on total opioid use in postoperative patients. The secondary objective was to evaluate the effect of IV acetaminophen on hospital length of stay. This retrospective, case-control study evaluated the impact of IV acetaminophen on total opioid use in surgical patients. Patients were included if they received at least one perioperative dose of IV acetaminophen and underwent a surgical knee procedure. Controls were matched and randomly selected based on procedure type, age, and severity of illness. Postoperative opioids were converted into oral morphine equivalents, and overall use was compared between groups. One hundred patients were enrolled, with 25 patients receiving IV acetaminophen and 75 matched controls. A total of 135 mg versus 112.5 mg oral morphine equivalents were used in the IV acetaminophen group and control group, respectively (p=0.987). There were 45 mg/day oral morphine equivalents used in the IV acetaminophen group versus 37.5 mg in the control group (p=0.845). The median hospital length of stay in both groups was 3 days (p=0.799). IV acetaminophen did not significantly decrease postoperative opioid use in patients who underwent surgical knee procedures. In addition, there was a nonsignificant trend toward increased opioid use in the IV acetaminophen group. There was no significant difference in hospital length of stay between the IV acetaminophen group and the control group. These findings require further study in larger patient populations and in other orthopedic procedures that typically require longer hospital stays. © 2014 Pharmacotherapy Publications, Inc.

  4. Self-assembled Nanofibrils for Immunomodulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Fan

    This thesis has been mainly focused on applying self-assembled nanofibrils as unique depots for controlled release to modulate immune system, with two major chapters on modulation of innate immunity in chapter 2 and adaptive immunity in chapter 3, respectively. There are 5 chapters in the thesis. Chapter 1 gives a detailed review on the discovery, synthesis and application of self-assembled nanofibrils of therapeutic agents (termed as "self-delivery drugs"), including bioactive molecules; Chapter 2 demonstrates the supramolecular hydrogel of chemotactic peptides as a prolonged inflammation model through proper molecular engineering; Chapter 3 reports a suppressive antibody response achieved by encapsulation of antigens by supramolecular hydrogel of glycopeptide; Chapter 4 illustrates an example of supramolecular hydrogel formation of molecules with extremely low solubility, based on the fact that many small organic drugs have poor solubility. Chapter 5 used beta-galatosidase as a model to study glycosidase-instructed supramolecular hydrogel formation, with potential to target cancer cells due to their distinct metabolic profile.

  5. Environmental Impact Analysis Process. Deployment Area Selection and Land Withdrawal/Acquisition DEIS. Chapter IV. Part II. Environmental Consequences to the Study Regions and Operating Base Vicinities.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-12-01

    PARMER COUNTY, TX. FAmt- M R LUNG IE ’ ALEA LONG Tam NATIVE *-X INUCED CHNGE NATIVE N-x INDE CANG 0( above normal growth baseline) ( above normal...your family, the clean air to see the next mountain and the freedom to climb it. The concerns expressed by local residents about population growth and... mountain passes, where capacity is severely reduced by steep grades and winding alignment, congestion might occur at times due to slow moving trucks

  6. The F-111D Retention Issue.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-06-06

    Washington D.C.: Office of Air Force History, 1978), pp. 234, 241, 254, ?59. 3 Knaack, Post- Worl -g War 11 Fighters, p. 254. 7 CHAPTER 2 HISTORICAL...The F-IlIA in Southeast Asia: 19 Second Deployment The F-I11B 22 The F-111C 25 The F-1111 25 The F-1IE 30 The F-1I1F 33 iv...Sortie 98 3-13 Maintenance Plan / Scheduling Effectiveness 99 3-14 War Readiness Spares Kit (WRSK) Fill Rate 99 3-15 WRSK / BLSS Withdrawals 100 3-16

  7. 77 FR 76300 - Recommendations To Modify Chapters 29, 30, 37, and 85 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-12-27

    ... United States (HTS). The goods involved include certain sensitized photographic film, video game console... chapter 37, and (2) Providing specifically for cordless video game console controllers which use infrared... ``; cordless video game console controllers which use infrared transmissions to operate or access the various...

  8. Control of Atmospheric Emissions in the Wood Pulping Industry, Volume 3.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hendrickson, E. R.; And Others

    Volume 3 contains chapters 9 through 13 of the final report on the control of atmospheric emissions in the wood pulping industry. These chapters deal with the following topics: sampling and analytical techniques; on-going research related to reduction of emissions; research and development recommendations; current industry investment and operating…

  9. From Serrano to Serrano. Report No. FA.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Education Commission of the States, Denver, CO. Dept. of Research and Information Services.

    This report examines various school finance issues raised by the California case of Serrano v. Priest. Chapter 1 focuses on the issue of local control; it discusses four methods of providing state aid to education in terms of how they affect local control of schools. Chapter 2 analyzes different remedies for inequitable distribution of funds and…

  10. 40 CFR 97.532 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or subpart H of, or appendix D or appendix E to, part 75 of this chapter...

  11. 40 CFR 97.532 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or subpart H of, or appendix D or appendix E to, part 75 of this chapter...

  12. 40 CFR 97.532 - Monitoring system out-of-control periods.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    .... Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality-assurance and quality-control requirements or data validation requirements of part 75 of this chapter, data shall be substituted using the applicable missing data procedures in subpart D or subpart H of, or appendix D or appendix E to, part 75 of this chapter...

  13. Managing Asbestos in Place: A Building Owner's Guide to Operations and Maintenance Programs for Asbestos-Containing Materials.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

    Instructions for building owners on the selection and application of appropriate asbestos control and abatement actions are presented in this guidebook. Chapter 1 offers background information on the asbestos problem. Chapter 2 describes the purpose and scope of an operations and maintenance (O&M) program. The third chapter discusses planning…

  14. On the Efficient Exploitation of Speculation under Data flow Paradigms of Control

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-05-19

    use. Une maison est une machine 6 habiter. - LE CORBUSIER , Vers une architecture 110 Chapter 5 Experiments and Results W e will journey in this chapter...occupation. le replied: "a speculator." - A. MICHAEL LIPPER, Back to the Future: The Case for Speculation, Baruch-Style 25 Chapter 2 Language and System

  15. Development of Zinc Tin Nitride for Application as an Earth Abundant Photovoltaic Absorber

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fioretti, Angela N.

    In recent years, many new potential absorber materials based on earth-abundant and non-toxic elements have been predicted. These materials, often made in thin film form and known to absorb light 10-1000 times more e ciently than crystalline silicon, could lower module cost and enable broader solar deployment. One such material is zinc tin nitride (ZnSnN 2), a II-IV-nitride analog of the III-nitride materials, which was identified as a suitable solar absorber due to its direct bandgap, large absorption coefficient, and disorder-driven bandgap tunability. Despite these desirable properties, initial attempts at synthesis resulted in degenerate n-type carrier density. Computational work on the point defect formation energies for this material revealed three donor defects were likely the cause; specifically SnZn antisites, VN sites, and ON substitutions. Given this framework, a defect-driven hypothesis was proposed as a starting point for the present work: if each donor defect could be addressed by tuning deposition parameters, n-type degeneracy may be defeated. By using combinatorial co- sputtering to grow compositionally-graded thin film samples, n-type carrier density was reduced by two orders of magnitude compared to state-of-the-art. This reduction in carrier density was observed for zinc-rich samples, which supported the defect-driven hypothesis initially proposed. These results and their implications are the topic of Chapter 2. Further carrier density control in zinc-rich ZTN was achieved via hydrogen incorporation and post-growth annealing. This strategy was hypothesized to operate by passivating acceptor defects to avoid self-compensation, which were then activated by hydrogen drive- out upon annealing. Carrier density was reduced another order of magnitude using this technique, which is presented in Chapter 3. After defeating n-type degeneracy, a deeper understanding of the electronic structure was pursued. Photoluminescence (PL) was used to study electronic structure and recombination pathways in zinc-rich ZTN, and excitonic emission was observed despite its many crystallographic defects. PL results are presented in Chapter 4. Ultimately, this work has advanced the field of ZTN research both technologically and scientifically, by providing strategies for self-doping control and identifying critical defect interactions giving rise to n-type degeneracy and carrier density reduction.

  16. Riparian restoration in the context of Tamarix control in the western United States: Chapter 23

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Shafroth, Patrick B.; Merritt, David M.; Briggs, Mark K.; Beauchamp, Vanessa B.; Lair, Kenneth D.; Scott, Michael L.; Sher, Anna; Sher, Anna; Quigley, Martin F.

    2013-01-01

    This chapter focuses on the restoration of riparian systems in the context of Tamarix control—that is, Tamarix-dominated sites are converted to a replacement vegetation type that achieves specific management goals and helps return parts of the system to a desired and more natural state or dynamic. It reviews research related to restoring native riparian vegetation following tamarix control or removal. The chapter begins with an overview of objective setting and the planning of tamarix control and proceeds by emphasizing the importance of considering site-specific factors and of context in selecting and prioritizing sites for restoration. In particular, it considers valley and bottomland geomorphology, along with river flow regime and associated fluvial disturbance, surface water and groundwater availability, and soil salinity and texture. The chapter concludes with a discussion of costs and benefits associated with active, passive, and combined ecological restoration approaches, as well as the key issues to consider in carrying out restoration projects at a range of scales.

  17. Building Acoustics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cowan, James

    This chapter summarizes and explains key concepts of building acoustics. These issues include the behavior of sound waves in rooms, the most commonly used rating systems for sound and sound control in buildings, the most common noise sources found in buildings, practical noise control methods for these sources, and the specific topic of office acoustics. Common noise issues for multi-dwelling units can be derived from most of the sections of this chapter. Books can be and have been written on each of these topics, so the purpose of this chapter is to summarize this information and provide appropriate resources for further exploration of each topic.

  18. Hydrologic Resources Management Program and Underground Test Area Project FY 2006 Progress Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Culham, H W; Eaton, G F; Genetti, V

    2008-04-08

    This report describes FY 2006 technical studies conducted by the Chemical Biology and Nuclear Science Division (CBND) at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) in support of the Hydrologic Resources Management Program (HRMP) and the Underground Test Area Project (UGTA). These programs are administered by the U.S. Department of Energy, National Nuclear Security Administration, Nevada Site Office (NNSA/NSO) through the Defense Programs and Environmental Restoration Divisions, respectively. HRMP-sponsored work is directed toward the responsible management of the natural resources at the Nevada Test Site (NTS), enabling its continued use as a staging area for strategic operations in support of national security.more » UGTA-funded work emphasizes the development of an integrated set of groundwater flow and contaminant transport models to predict the extent of radionuclide migration from underground nuclear testing areas at the NTS. The report is organized on a topical basis and contains four chapters that highlight technical work products produced by CBND. However, it is important to recognize that most of this work involves collaborative partnerships with the other HRMP and UGTA contract organizations. These groups include the Energy and Environment Directorate at LLNL (LLNL-E&E), Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL), the Desert Research Institute (DRI), the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Stoller-Navarro Joint Venture (SNJV), and National Security Technologies (NSTec). Chapter 1 is a summary of FY 2006 sampling efforts at near-field 'hot' wells at the NTS, and presents new chemical and isotopic data for groundwater samples from four near-field wells. These include PM-2 and U-20n PS 1DDh (CHESHIRE), UE-7ns (BOURBON), and U-19v PS No.1ds (ALMENDRO). Chapter 2 is a summary of the results of chemical and isotopic measurements of groundwater samples from three UGTA environmental monitoring wells. These wells are: ER-12-4 and U12S located in Area 12 on Rainier Mesa and USGS HGH No.2 WW2 located in Yucca Flat. In addition, three springs were sampled White Rock Spring and Captain Jack Spring in Area 12 on Rainier Mesa and Topopah Spring in Area 29. Chapter 3 is a compilation of existing noble gas data that has been reviewed and edited to remove inconsistencies in presentation of total vs. single isotope noble gas values reported in the previous HRMP and UGTA progress reports. Chapter 4 is a summary of the results of batch sorption and desorption experiments performed to determine the distribution coefficients (Kd) of Pu(IV), Np(V), U(VI), Cs and Sr to zeolitized tuff (tuff confining unit, TCU) and carbonate (lower carbonate aquifer, LCA) rocks in synthetic NTS groundwater Chapter 5 is a summary of the results of a series of flow-cell experiments performed to examine Np(V) and Pu(V) sorption to and desorption from goethite. Np and Pu desorption occur at a faster rate and to a greater extent than previously reported. In addition, oxidation changes occurred with the Pu whereby the surface-sorbed Pu(IV) was reoxidized to aqueous Pu(V) during desorption.« less

  19. Mangrove ecosystems under climate change

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Jennerjahn, T.C.; Gilman, E.; Krauss, Ken W.; Lacerda, L.D.; Nordhaus, I.; Wolanski, E.

    2017-01-01

    This chapter assesses the response of mangrove ecosystems to possible outcomes of climate change, with regard to the following categories: (i) distribution, diversity, and community composition, (ii) physiology of flora and fauna, (iii) water budget, (iv) productivity and remineralization, (v) carbon storage in biomass and sediments, and (vi) the filter function for elements beneficial or harmful to life. These categories are then used to identify the regions most vulnerable to climate change. The four most important factors determining the response of mangrove ecosystems to climate change are sea level rise, an increase in frequency and/or intensity of storms, increases in temperature, and aridity. While these changes may be beneficial for some mangrove forests at latitudinal distribution limits, they will threaten forest structure and functions and related ecosystem services in most cases. The interaction of climate change with human interventions is discussed, as well as the effects on ecosystem services including possible adaptation and management options. The chapter closes with an outlook on knowledge gaps and priority research needed to fill these gaps.

  20. What Is New in Rome IV.

    PubMed

    Schmulson, Max J; Drossman, Douglas A

    2017-04-30

    Functional gastrointestinal disorders (FGIDs) are diagnosed and classified using the Rome criteria; the criteria may change over time as new scientific data emerge. The Rome IV was released in May 2016. The aim is to review the main changes in Rome IV. FGIDs are now called disorders of gut-brain interaction ( DGBI ). Rome IV has a multicultural rather than a Western-culture focus. There are new chapters including multicultural, age-gender-women's health, intestinal microenvironment, biopsychosocial, and centrally mediated disorders. New disorders have been included although not truly FGIDs, but fit the new definition of DGBI including opioid-induced gastrointestinal hyperalgesia , opioid-induced constipation , and cannabinoid hyperemesis . Also, new FGIDs based on available evidence including reflux hypersensitivity and centrally mediated abdominal pain syndrome . Using a normative survey to determine the frequency of normal bowel symptoms in the general population changes in the time frame for diagnosis were introduced. For irritable bowel syndrome ( IBS ) only pain is required and discomfort was eliminated because it is non-specific, having different meanings in different languages. Pain is now related to bowel movements rather than just improving with bowel movements (ie, can get worse with bowel movement). Functional bowel disorders ( functional diarrhea , functional constipation , IBS with predominant diarrhea [IBS-D], IBS with predominant constipation [IBS-C ], and IBS with mixed bowel habits ) are considered to be on a continuum rather than as independent entities. Clinical applications such as diagnostic algorithms and the Multidimensional Clinical Profile have been updated. The new Rome IV iteration is evidence-based, multicultural oriented and with clinical applications. As new evidence become available, future updates are expected.

  1. What Is New in Rome IV

    PubMed Central

    Schmulson, Max J; Drossman, Douglas A

    2017-01-01

    Functional gastrointestinal disorders (FGIDs) are diagnosed and classified using the Rome criteria; the criteria may change over time as new scientific data emerge. The Rome IV was released in May 2016. The aim is to review the main changes in Rome IV. FGIDs are now called disorders of gut-brain interaction (DGBI). Rome IV has a multicultural rather than a Western-culture focus. There are new chapters including multicultural, age-gender-women’s health, intestinal microenvironment, biopsychosocial, and centrally mediated disorders. New disorders have been included although not truly FGIDs, but fit the new definition of DGBI including opioid-induced gastrointestinal hyperalgesia, opioid-induced constipation, and cannabinoid hyperemesis. Also, new FGIDs based on available evidence including reflux hypersensitivity and centrally mediated abdominal pain syndrome. Using a normative survey to determine the frequency of normal bowel symptoms in the general population changes in the time frame for diagnosis were introduced. For irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) only pain is required and discomfort was eliminated because it is non-specific, having different meanings in different languages. Pain is now related to bowel movements rather than just improving with bowel movements (ie, can get worse with bowel movement). Functional bowel disorders (functional diarrhea, functional constipation, IBS with predominant diarrhea [IBS-D], IBS with predominant constipation [IBS-C], and IBS with mixed bowel habits) are considered to be on a continuum rather than as independent entities. Clinical applications such as diagnostic algorithms and the Multidimensional Clinical Profile have been updated. The new Rome IV iteration is evidence-based, multicultural oriented and with clinical applications. As new evidence become available, future updates are expected. PMID:28274109

  2. Nanoparticle Superlattice Engineering with DNA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Macfarlane, Robert John

    In this thesis, we describe a set of design rules for using programmable oligonucleotide interactions, elements of both thermodynamic and kinetic control, and an understanding of the dominant forces that are responsible for particle assembly to design and deliberately make a wide variety of nanoparticle-based superlattices. Like the rules for ionic solids developed by Linus Pauling, these rules are guidelines for determining relative nanoparticle superlattice stability, rather than rigorous mathematical descriptions. However, unlike Pauling's rules, the set of rules developed herein allow one to not just predict crystal stability, but also to deliberately and independently control the nanoparticle sizes, interparticle spacings, and crystallographic symmetries of a superlattice. In the first chapter of this thesis, a general background is given for using DNA as a tool in programmable materials synthesis. Chapter 2 demonstrates how altering oligonucleotide length and nanoparticle size can be used to control nanoparticle superlattice lattice parameters with nanometer-scale precision. In the third chapter, the kinetics of crystallization are examined, and a method to selectively stabilize kinetic products is presented. The data in chapter 4 prove that it is the overall hydrodynamic radius of a DNA-functionalized particle, rather than the sizes of the inorganic nanoparticles being assembled, that dictates particle packing behavior. Chapter 5 demonstrates how particles that exhibit non-equivalent packing behavior can be used to control superlattice symmetry, and chapter 6 utilizes these data to develop a phase diagram that predicts lattice stability a priori to synthesis. In chapter 7, the ability to functionalize a particle with multiple types of oligonucleotides is used to synthesize complex lattices, including ternary superlattices that are capable of dynamic symmetry conversion between a binary and a ternary state. The final chapter provides an outlook on other developments in DNA-programmed nanoparticle assembly not covered in this thesis, as well as future challenges for this field. Supplementary information to support the conclusions of the thesis, as well as provide technical details on how these materials are synthesized, are provided in appendices at the end of the thesis. As a whole, this methodology presents a major advance towards nanoparticle superlattice engineering, as it effectively separates the identity of a particle core (and thereby its physical properties) from the variables that control its assembly, enabling the synthesis of designer nanoparticle-based materials.

  3. BOOK REVIEW: Einstein's General Theory of Relativity—with Modern Applications in Cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barrabès, C.

    2008-09-01

    The increasing prominence of general relativity in astrophysics and cosmology is reflected in the growing number of texts, particularly at the undergraduate level. A natural attitude before opening a new one is to ask i) what makes this different from those already published? And ii) does it follow the 'physics-first approach' as for instance the book by Hartle where the basic physical concepts are introduced first with as little formalism as possible, or does it follow the more traditional 'math-first approach' for which the mathematical formalism comes first and is then applied to phyics? As announced in the title, a distinctive feature of the book by Gron and Hervik is the space (almost half the book) devoted to cosmology and in particular to some of the most recent developments in this rapidly evolving field. It is also apparent that the authors have chosen, like the majority of current books on general relativity, the 'math-first approach'. The book is divided into six parts, each of them subdivided into chapters with part VI containing a few short technical appendices. The first part of the book briefly presents in chapter I the principles of relativity, Newtonian mechanics and the Newtonian theory of gravity. In chapter II, a short introduction to special relativity is given. It seems at first surprising that the four-dimensional structure of space-time is not more fully exploited so that the reader would gain familiarity early on with notions like 4-velocity, 4-momentum and the stress energy tensor. This is in fact postponed to part II as an illustration of the mathematical formalism. The second part is devoted to those elements of differential geometry needed in this kind of course. The authors' presentation is somewhat similar to that of the books by Misner, Thorne and Wheeler and by Straumann (2nd edition). Vectors and forms are treated separately and the formalism of differential forms is introduced in detail. The various kinds of differentiation on forms and on vectors (exterior covariant and Lie derivatives) are presented, and emphasis is given to the Cartan formalism as it is later systematically used to derive the curvature tensor and for solutions of the Einstein field equations. One also finds the properties of hypersurfaces, such as the intrinsic and extrinsic curvatures and the Gauss Codazzi relations. This makes this part of the book very useful and convenient since those important elements are gathered in one place. However the density of exposition in this part might appear a bit steep to a reader without some previous knowledge of differential geometry. Part III deals with Einstein's field equations, and their applications to gravitational waves and black holes. The field equations are derived from a variational principle, the geometrical part (Einstein tensor) from the Einstein Hilbert action, and the matter part (stress energy tensor) from a generic action integral for matter. Various examples of stress energy tensors and in particular, for fluids, are considered, and several are used later in cosmology (for instance quintessence and Lorentz invariant vacuum energy). A short chapter on the linear approximation and gravitational waves then follows and it is good to see a section on gravito-electromagnetism. This part ends with a chapter devoted to black holes which is perhaps the weakest part of the book as it is quite sketchy. However this is to be expected in a book with an emphasis on cosmology, and such topics are extensively described in other books. The rest of the book (parts IV and V) is essentially concerned with cosmology. The authors give a detailed description of the applications of the Einstein field equations to a universe with various matter contents, and present in a successful way the recent developments in this domain. The first chapter of part IV describes the standard homogeneous and isotropic cosmological model. It is followed by an interesting chapter dealing with universes composed of vacuum energy. There one finds, after the description of the Einstein static universe and the de Sitter solution, sections on inflation, on the Friedman Lemaître model and on models with quintessence and dark energy. This chapter ends with sections on cosmic density perturbations, temperature fluctations in the cosmic microwave background and on the history of our universe. With an additional chapter on anisotropic and homogeneous universes, part IV appears to be a very good and complete introduction to the basic and classical (i.e. non-quantum) elements of cosmology. In part V some advanced tools, such as Lie groups and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalism are introduced and applied to cosmology. Also part V contains a chapter on the extrinsic curvature formalism for surface layers and its application to the recently introduced braneworld models. Finally it is a pleasant surprise to find an introduction to the Kaluza Klein theory as the last chapter of part V. This book by Gron and Hervik certainly has its place in any good library. It covers most of the classical aspects of the theory of general relativity. The authors have made the effort to discuss many observational aspects and to illustrate the different chapters with many problems. One might regret that the authors' style is generally rather terse and not enough space is always reserved for explanation of physical concepts and for motivations of the theory (for instance, why curvature is so fundamental). This book would be most appropriate for graduate students and I will definitely recommend it as a reference textbook as well as a useful complement to other textbooks on general relativity.

  4. Maternal intravenous treatment with either azithromycin or solithromycin clears Ureaplasma parvum from the amniotic fluid in an ovine model of intrauterine infection.

    PubMed

    Miura, Yuichiro; Payne, Matthew S; Keelan, Jeffrey A; Noe, Andres; Carter, Sean; Watts, Rory; Spiller, Owen B; Jobe, Alan H; Kallapur, Suhas G; Saito, Masatoshi; Stock, Sarah J; Newnham, John P; Kemp, Matthew W

    2014-09-01

    Intrauterine infection with Ureaplasma spp. is strongly associated with preterm birth and adverse neonatal outcomes. We assessed whether combined intraamniotic (IA) and maternal intravenous (IV) treatment with one of two candidate antibiotics, azithromycin (AZ) or solithromycin (SOLI), would eradicate intrauterine Ureaplasma parvum infection in a sheep model of pregnancy. Sheep with singleton pregnancies received an IA injection of U. parvum serovar 3 at 85 days of gestational age (GA). At 120 days of GA, animals (n=5 to 8/group) received one of the following treatments: (i) maternal IV SOLI with a single IA injection of vehicle (IV SOLI only); (ii) maternal IV SOLI with a single IA injection of SOLI (IV+IA SOLI); (iii) maternal IV AZ and a single IA injection of vehicle (IV AZ only); (iv) maternal IV AZ and a single IA injection of AZ (IV+IA AZ); or (v) maternal IV and single IA injection of vehicle (control). Lambs were surgically delivered at 125 days of GA. Treatment efficacies were assessed by U. parvum culture, quantitative PCR, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, and histopathology. Amniotic fluid (AF) from all control animals contained culturable U. parvum. AF, lung, and chorioamnion from all AZ- or SOLI-treated animals (IV only or IV plus IA) were negative for culturable U. parvum. Relative to the results for the control, the levels of expression of interleukin 1β (IL-1β), IL-6, IL-8, and monocyte chemoattractant protein 2 (MCP-2) in fetal skin were significantly decreased in the IV SOLI-only group, the MCP-1 protein concentration in the amniotic fluid was significantly increased in the IV+IA SOLI group, and there was no significant difference in the histological inflammation scoring of lung or chorioamnion among the five groups. In the present study, treatment with either AZ or SOLI (IV only or IV+IA) effectively eradicated macrolide-sensitive U. parvum from the AF. There was no discernible difference in antibiotic therapy efficacy between IV-only and IV+IA treatment regimens relative to the results for the control. Copyright © 2014, American Society for Microbiology. All Rights Reserved.

  5. Bottom-up and top-down fabrication of nanowire-based electronic devices: In situ doping of vapor liquid solid grown silicon nanowires and etch-dependent leakage current in InGaAs tunnel junctions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kuo, Meng-Wei

    Semiconductor nanowires are important components in future nanoelectronic and optoelectronic device applications. These nanowires can be fabricated using either bottom-up or top-down methods. While bottom-up techniques can achieve higher aspect ratio at reduced dimension without having surface and sub-surface damage, uniform doping distributions with abrupt junction profiles are less challenging for top-down methods. In this dissertation, nanowires fabricated by both methods were systematically investigated to understand: (1) the in situ incorporation of boron (B) dopants in Si nanowires grown by the bottom-up vapor-liquid-solid (VLS) technique, and (2) the impact of plasma-induced etch damage on InGaAs p +-i-n+ nanowire junctions for tunnel field-effect transistors (TFETs) applications. In Chapter 2 and 3, the in situ incorporation of B in Si nanowires grown using silane (SiH4) or silicon tetrachloride (SiCl4) as the Si precursor and trimethylboron (TMB) as the p-type dopant source is investigated by I-V measurements of individual nanowires. The results from measurements using a global-back-gated test structure reveal nonuniform B doping profiles on nanowires grown from SiH4, which is due to simultaneous incorporation of B from nanowire surface and the catalyst during VLS growth. In contrast, a uniform B doping profile in both the axial and radial directions is achieved for TMBdoped Si nanowires grown using SiCl4 at high substrate temperatures. In Chapter 4, the I-V characteristics of wet- and dry-etched InGaAs p+-i-n+ junctions with different mesa geometries, orientations, and perimeter-to-area ratios are compared to evaluate the impact of the dry etch process on the junction leakage current properties. Different post-dry etch treatments, including wet etching and thermal annealing, are performed and the effectiveness of each is assessed by temperaturedependent I-V measurements. As compared to wet-etched control devices, dry-etched junctions have a significantly higher leakage current and a current kink in the reverse bias regime, which is likely due to additional trap states created by plasma-induced damage during the Cl2/Ar/H2 mesa isolation step. These states extend more than 60 nm from the mesa surface and can only be partially passivated after a thermal anneal at 350°C for 20 minutes. The evolution of the electrical properties with post-dry etch treatments indicates that the shallow and deep-level trap states resulting from ion-induced point defects, arsenic vacancies and hydrogen-dopant complexes are the primary cause of degradation in the electrical properties of the dry-etched junctions.

  6. Protein matrices for wound dressings =

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vasconcelos, Andreia Joana Costa

    Fibrous proteins such as silk fibroin (SF), keratin (K) and elastin (EL) are able to mimic the extracellular matrix (ECM) that allows their recognition under physiological conditions. The impressive mechanical properties, the environmental stability, in combination with their biocompatibility and control of morphology, provide an important basis to use these proteins in biomedical applications like protein-based wound dressings. Along time the concept of wound dressings has changed from the traditional dressings such as honey or natural fibres, used just to protect the wound from external factors, to the interactive dressings of the present. Wounds can be classified in acute that heal in the expected time frame, and chronic, which fail to heal because the orderly sequence of events is disrupted at one or more stages of the healing process. Moreover, chronic wound exudates contain high levels of tissue destructive proteolytic enzymes such as human neutrophil elastase (HNE) that need to be controlled for a proper healing. The aim of this work is to exploit the self-assemble properties of silk fibroin, keratin and elastin for the development of new protein materials to be used as wound dressings: i) evaluation of the blending effect on the physical and chemical properties of the materials; ii) development of materials with different morphologies; iii) assessment of the cytocompatibility of the protein matrices; iv) ultimately, study the ability of the developed protein matrices as wound dressings through the use of human chronic wound exudate; v) use of innovative short peptide sequences that allow to target the control of high levels of HNE found on chronic wounds. Chapter III reports the preparation of silk fibroin/keratin (SF/K) blend films by solvent casting evaporation. Two solvent systems, aqueous and acidic, were used for the preparation of films from fibroin and keratin extracted from the respective silk and wool fibres. The effect of solvent system used was studied by evaluating the physical-chemical properties of the resulting films. It was shown that SF and K are able to establish intermolecular interactions when mixed and, that the mechanical properties and the biological degradation can be tuned by the blend composition. In Chapter IV, SF/K films were further used to serve as a platform for the release of HNE inhibitors peptides. Bowman-Birk inhibitor (BBI) based peptide was incorporated onto the SF/K films that were consequently incubated with porcine pancreatic elastase (PPE) as a model for HNE, to monitor the decrease in activity. The results indicated that swelling properties, degradation and release rates are dependent on the amount of keratin present in the blend. Furthermore, no cytotoxicity was observed in the presence of mouse fibroblasts, which makes these SF/K films suitable candidates for interactive wound dressings with a specific goal - controlling high levels of HNE. The next step of the work, Chapter V, reports for the first time blends of silk fibroin with elastin (SF/EL) for the production of scaffolds. These were prepared by lyophilization technique and crosslinked with a natural and low toxic agent, genipin. The crosslink allows the control of the scaffolds morphology, such as pore size and porosity, which in turns, modulates the ex vivo degradation rates, by a human chronic wound exudate, and the release rates of model compounds. In addition, no cytotoxicity was observed for SF/EL samples, with and without genipin, by human skin fibroblasts. Thus, the high porosity observed for SF/EL scaffolds, allowing the growth and cellular attachment, together with their biocompatibility provide fitting characteristics for wound dressings. Chapter VI, describes the design of two elastase inhibitors peptides based on the reactive site-loop of the BBI protein in order to control the high levels HNE. To a known peptide sequence, modifications were made at both N- and C-terminal. Inhibition kinetics analysis indicated that these peptides are competitive inhibitors for HNE and PPE and, that the inhibitory potency can be regulated by the introduced modifications. Additionally, these peptides showed no toxicity with human skin fibroblasts and, were also effective in reducing the HNE activity found in a human chronic wound exudate, which allow them to be applied to those wounds. The motivation for this thesis was to combine the excellent properties of silk fibroin with other proteins. Blending allows modulating the physical-chemical properties of the resulting materials such as mechanical strength, swelling, morphology, degradation and release rates. Silk fibroin is widely characterized in the literature for the production of biomaterials, but this work is the first that successfully evaluates the blends silk fibroin/keratin (SF/K) and silk fibroin/elastin (SF/EL) for their application as wound dressings.

  7. 27 CFR 70.441 - Applicable laws.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... pursuant thereto. (b) Title I, State Firearms Control Assistance (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44), of the Gun... Assistance (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44), of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 1213) as amended by Pub. L. 99... Stat. 1227), imposes a tax on the making and transfer in the United States of machine guns, destructive...

  8. 27 CFR 70.441 - Applicable laws.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... pursuant thereto. (b) Title I, State Firearms Control Assistance (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44), of the Gun... Assistance (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44), of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 1213) as amended by Pub. L. 99... Stat. 1227), imposes a tax on the making and transfer in the United States of machine guns, destructive...

  9. 27 CFR 70.441 - Applicable laws.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... pursuant thereto. (b) Title I, State Firearms Control Assistance (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44), of the Gun... Assistance (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44), of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 1213) as amended by Pub. L. 99... Stat. 1227), imposes a tax on the making and transfer in the United States of machine guns, destructive...

  10. 27 CFR 70.441 - Applicable laws.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... pursuant thereto. (b) Title I, State Firearms Control Assistance (18 U.S.C., Chapter 44), of the Gun... Assistance (18 U.S.C. Chapter 44), of the Gun Control Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 1213) as amended by Pub. L. 99... Stat. 1227), imposes a tax on the making and transfer in the United States of machine guns, destructive...

  11. NASA Engineering Design Challenges: Environmental Control and Life Support Systems. Water Filtration Challenge. EG-2008-09-134-MSFC

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schneider, Twila, Ed.

    2010-01-01

    This educator guide is organized into seven chapters: (1) Overview; (2) The Design Challenge; (3) Connections to National Curriculum Standards; (4) Preparing to Teach; (5) Classroom Sessions; (6) Opportunities for Extension; and (7) Teacher Resources. Chapter 1 provides information about Environmental Control and Life Support Systems used on NASA…

  12. Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children. A Statement by the Centers for Disease Control.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Centers for Disease Control (DHHS/PHS), Atlanta, GA.

    This document is the fourth revision of a statement by the Centers for Disease Control. Introductory and background chapters present data that indicate significant adverse effects of lead levels in children's blood that were previously believed to be safe. Other chapters discuss: (1) sources of lead exposure, including paint, soil and dust, and…

  13. Development of Methodologies for IV and V of Neural Networks

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Taylor, Brian; Darrah, Marjorie

    2003-01-01

    Non-deterministic systems often rely upon neural network (NN) technology to "lean" to manage flight systems under controlled conditions using carefully chosen training sets. How can these adaptive systems be certified to ensure that they will become increasingly efficient and behave appropriately in real-time situations? The bulk of Independent Verification and Validation (IV&V) research of non-deterministic software control systems such as Adaptive Flight Controllers (AFC's) addresses NNs in well-behaved and constrained environments such as simulations and strict process control. However, neither substantive research, nor effective IV&V techniques have been found to address AFC's learning in real-time and adapting to live flight conditions. Adaptive flight control systems offer good extensibility into commercial aviation as well as military aviation and transportation. Consequently, this area of IV&V represents an area of growing interest and urgency. ISR proposes to further the current body of knowledge to meet two objectives: Research the current IV&V methods and assess where these methods may be applied toward a methodology for the V&V of Neural Network; and identify effective methods for IV&V of NNs that learn in real-time, including developing a prototype test bed for IV&V of AFC's. Currently. no practical method exists. lSR will meet these objectives through the tasks identified and described below. First, ISR will conduct a literature review of current IV&V technology. TO do this, ISR will collect the existing body of research on IV&V of non-deterministic systems and neural network. ISR will also develop the framework for disseminating this information through specialized training. This effort will focus on developing NASA's capability to conduct IV&V of neural network systems and to provide training to meet the increasing need for IV&V expertise in such systems.

  14. Control of human energy expenditure by cytochrome c oxidase subunit IV-2.

    PubMed

    Schiffer, Tomas A; Peleli, Maria; Sundqvist, Michaela L; Ekblom, Björn; Lundberg, Jon O; Weitzberg, Eddie; Larsen, Filip J

    2016-09-01

    Resting metabolic rate (RMR) in humans shows pronounced individual variations, but the underlying molecular mechanism remains elusive. Cytochrome c oxidase (COX) plays a key role in control of metabolic rate, and recent studies of the subunit 4 isoform 2 (COX IV-2) indicate involvement in the cellular response to hypoxia and oxidative stress. We evaluated whether the COX subunit IV isoform composition may explain the pronounced individual variations in resting metabolic rate (RMR). RMR was determined in healthy humans by indirect calorimetry and correlated to levels of COX IV-2 and COX IV-1 in vastus lateralis. Overexpression and knock down of the COX IV isoforms were performed in primary myotubes followed by evaluation of the cell respiration and production of reactive oxygen species. Here we show that COX IV-2 protein is constitutively expressed in human skeletal muscle and strongly correlated to RMR. Primary human myotubes overexpressing COX IV-2 displayed markedly (>60%) lower respiration, reduced (>50%) cellular H2O2 production, higher resistance toward both oxidative stress, and severe hypoxia compared with control cells. These results suggest an important role of isoform COX IV-2 in the control of energy expenditure, hypoxic tolerance, and mitochondrial ROS homeostasis in humans. Copyright © 2016 the American Physiological Society.

  15. Chapter 19: HVAC Controls (DDC/EMS/BAS) Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kurnik, Charles W.; Romberger, Jeff

    The HVAC Controls Evaluation Protocol is designed to address evaluation issues for direct digital controls/energy management systems/building automation systems (DDC/EMS/BAS) that are installed to control heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) equipment in commercial and institutional buildings. (This chapter refers to the DDC/EMS/BAS measure as HVAC controls.) This protocol may also be applicable to industrial facilities such as clean rooms and labs, which have either significant HVAC equipment or spaces requiring special environmental conditions.

  16. Introduction to Robust Multivariable Control

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-02-01

    AX DAVIS, Assistant for Research and Technology Flight Control Division Flight Dynamics Laboratory "If your address has changed, if you wish to be...particular chapter is given at the end of each chapter. It is needless to say that there are numerour other - publications in this area of controls research ...tco in this Area of research comprehensively in a single report. Finally, even though most of the material in this report comes from publications of W

  17. Gate-controlled-diodes in silicon-on-sapphire: A computer simulation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gassaway, J. D.

    1974-01-01

    The computer simulation of the electrical behavior of a Gate-Controlled Diode (GCD) fabricated in Silicon-On-Sapphire (SOS) was described. A procedure for determining lifetime profiles from capacitance and reverse current measurements on the GCD was established. Chapter 1 discusses the SOS structure and points out the need of lifetime profiles to assist in device design for GCD's and bipolar transistors. Chapter 2 presents the one-dimensional analytical formula for electrostatic analysis of the SOS-GCD which are useful for data interpretation and setting boundary conditions on a simplified two-dimensional analysis. Chapter 3 gives the results of a two-dimensional analysis which treats the field as one-dimensional until the silicon film is depleted and the field penetrates the sapphire substrate. Chapter 4 describes a more complete two-dimensional model and gives results of programs implementing the model.

  18. Enabling Technologies for Microfluidic Flow Control and Detection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Leslie, Daniel Christopher

    Advances in microfluidic technologies have expanded conventional chemical and biological techniques to the point where we can envision rapid, inexpensive and portable analysis. Among the numerous challenges in the development of portable, chip-based technologies are simple flow control and detection strategies, which will be essential to widespread acceptance and implementation at both the point-of-care and in locales with limited facilities/resources. The research presented in this dissertation is focused on the development of precise flow control techniques and new, simplified detection technologies aimed at addressing these challenges. An introduction to the concepts important to microfluidics and a brief history to the field are presented in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 will present the development of a technique for the precise control of small volumes of liquids, where well-studied electrical circuit concepts are employed to create frequency-dependent microfluidic circuits. In this system, elastomeric thin films act as fluidic capacitors and diodes, which, when combined with resistors (channels), make fluidic circuits that are described by analytical models. Metering of two separate chemical inputs with a single oscillatory pneumatic control line is demonstrated by combining simple fluidic circuits (i.e., band-pass filters) to significantly reduce the external hardware required for microfluidic flow control. In order to quantify multiple flow profiles in microfluidic circuits, a novel multiplexed flow measurement method using visible dyes is introduced in Chapter 3 and rapidly determines individual flow in connected channels, post-fabrication device quality and solution viscosity. Another thrust of this dissertation research has been to develop miniaturized bioanalytical systems. Chapter 4 describes the adaption of a nucleic-acid-tagged antibody protein detection reaction to a microfluidic platform for detection of down to 5 E. coli O157:H7 cells. Furthermore, a completely non-contact temperature control platform is developed in Chapter 5 for forensic human identification reactions, based on interferometric temperature sensing and infrared-mediated heating, which simplifies the microfluidic device and its operation. Finally, possible future directions are outlined in Chapter 6 including further simplification of microfluidic instrumentation.

  19. Alterations of type IV collagen alpha chains in patients with chronic acquired glomerulopathies: mRNA levels, protein expression and urinary loss.

    PubMed

    Sanna-Cherchi, Simone; Carnevali, Maria Luisa; Martorana, Davide; Cravedi, Paolo; Maggiore, Umberto; Alinovi, Rossella; Bovino, Achiropita; Mattei, Silvia; Orlandini, Guido; Gatti, Rita; Savi, Mario; Sado, Yoshikazu; Neri, Tauro M; Allegri, Landino

    2007-01-01

    Type IV collagen is a major structural component of the normal kidney glomerulus. However, its role in chronic acquired glomerulopathies has been only partially elucidated. Urinary levels of col(IV)alpha1, col(IV)alpha3 and col(IV)alpha5 collagen chains were analyzed in 107 patients with chronic acquired glomerulopathies. In a subgroup of 33 patients, tissue mRNA levels, protein expression and urinary excretion were evaluated for all col(IV)alpha chains, from col(IV)alpha1 to col(IV)alpha5. The renal specimens were examined to get a semiquantitative score of the acute and chronic activity of the histological lesions. Urines obtained from 13 healthy subjects and 10 normal renal tissue samples were used as controls. Urinary levels of col(IV)alpha1, col(IV)alpha3, col(IV)alpha5 chains were significantly higher in patients than in controls [p < 0.01 for all], while only col(IV)alpha1 and col(IV)alpha3 urinary excretion correlated with the degree of chronic histological damage [col(IV)alpha1 R = 0.44, p < 0.001; col(IV)alpha3: R = 0.47, p < 0.001]. Compared with controls, patients showed a renal expression of mRNA for col(IV)alpha5 chain significantly higher [p = 0.001], while having a significantly lower protein expression of col(IV)alpha3, col(IV)alpha4 and col(IV)alpha5 chains [p < 0.01 for all]. Patients with chronic acquired glomerulopathies show important alterations in the col(IV)alpha chain network mimicking some molecular features of the X-linked Alport's syndrome. Further studies are needed to show whether urinary levels of the col(IV)alpha chains may be used as markers for monitoring renal injury. Copyright 2007 S. Karger AG, Basel.

  20. Telemetry Standards, RCC Standard 106-17. Chapter 21. Telemetry Network Standard Introduction

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-07-01

    Critical RF radio frequency RFC Request for Comment SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol TA test article TCP Transmission Control Protocol...chapters might be of most interest for a particular reader. In order to guide the reader toward the chapters of further interest , the applicable... Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to pass management information through the system. The SNMP management information bases (MIBs) provide

  1. Pesticide Applicator Training Manual, Category 2 - Forest Pest Control. A Training Program for the Certification of Commercial Pesticide Applicators.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sinclair, W. A., Comp.

    This manual provides information needed to meet specific standards for certification as a pesticide applicator. Each of the eight chapters deals with a different aspect of pesticide use. Chapter one discusses the problems of use as it relates to safety of humans and the environment. Chapter two is concerned with the identification and diagnosis of…

  2. Space Technology: Propulsion, Control and Guidance of Space Vehicles. Aerospace Education III.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Savler, D. S.; Mackin, T. E.

    This book, one in the series on Aerospace Education III, includes a discussion of the essentials of propulsion, control, and guidance and the conditions of space travel. Chapter 1 provides a brief account of basic laws of celestial mechanics. Chapters 2, 3, and 4 are devoted to the chemical principles of propulsion. Included are the basics of…

  3. Mass spectrometry methods for the analysis of biodegradable hybrid materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alalwiat, Ahlam

    This dissertation focuses on the characterization of hybrid materials and surfactant blends by using mass spectrometry (MS), tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS), liquid chromatography (LC), and ion mobility (IM) spectrometry combined with measurement and simulation of molecular collision cross sections. Chapter II describes the principles and the history of mass spectrometry (MS) and liquid chromatography (LC). Chapter III introduces the materials and instrumentation used to complete this dissertation. In chapter IV, two hybrid materials containing poly(t-butyl acrylate) (PtBA) or poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) blocks attached to a hydrophobic peptide rich in valine and glycine (VG2), as well as the poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) and VG2 peptide precursor materials, are characterized by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and ion mobility mass spectrometry (IM-MS). Collision cross-sections and molecular modeling have been used to determine the final architecture of both hybrid materials. Chapter V investigates a different hybrid material, [BMP-2(HA)2 ], comprised of a dendron with two polyethylene glycol (PEG) branches terminated by a hydroxyapatite binding peptide (HA), and a focal point substituted with a bone morphogenic protein mimicking peptide (BMP-2). MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS have been used to characterize the HA and BMP-2 peptides. Collisionally activated dissociation (CAD) and electron transfer dissociation (ETD) have been employed in double stage (i.e. tandem) mass spectrometry (MS/MS) experiments to confirm the sequences of the two peptides HA and BMP-2. The MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS methods were also applied to characterize the [BMP-2(HA)2] hybrid material. Collision cross-section measurements and molecular modeling indicated that [BMP-2(HA)2] can attain folded or extended conformation, depending on its degree of protonation (charge state). Chapter VI focuses on the analysis of alkyl polyglycoside (APG) surfactants by MALDI-MS and ESI-MS, MS/MS, and by combining MS and with ion mobility (IM) and/or ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) separation in LC-IM and LC-IM-MS experiments. Chapter VII summaries this dissertation's findings.

  4. Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Licata, Nicholas A.

    In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. A quantitative comparison between the theory and experiments is made by calculating the experimentally observed melting profile. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. The model predicts a crossover from localized to diffusive behavior. The random walk statistics for the particles' in plane diffusion is discussed. The lateral motion is analogous to dispersive transport in disordered semiconductors, ranging from standard diffusion with a renormalized diffusion coefficient to anomalous, subdiffusive behavior. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. An optimal concentration ratio is determined for the experimental implementation of our self-assembly proposal. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. We determine the probability that the system self-assembles the desired cluster geometry, and discuss the connections to jamming in granular and colloidal systems. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. A key-lock model is proposed to describe the results of in-vitro experiments, and the situation in-vivo is discussed. The cooperative binding, and hence the specificity to cancerous cells, is kinetically limited. The implications for optimizing the design of nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms is discussed. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

  5. Subcutaneous Crotaline Fab antivenom for the treatment of rattlesnake envenomation in a porcine model.

    PubMed

    Offerman, Steven R; Barry, J David; Richardson, William H; Tong, Tri; Tanen, Dave; Bush, Sean P; Clark, Richard F

    2009-01-01

    This study was designed to investigate whether the local, subcutaneous injection of Crotaline Fab antivenom (CroFab) at the rattlesnake envenomation site would result in less extremity edema when compared to intravenous (i.v.) antivenom infusion alone. This is a randomized, three-arm laboratory experiment using a porcine model. Each animal was anesthetized, intubated, and maintained on mechanical ventilation. About 6 mg/kg of Crotalus atrox venom was injected subcutaneously at the hock of the right hind leg. Animals were then randomized to immediately receive subcutaneous and i.v. antivenom (SC/IV), i.v. antivenom only, or saline control. SC/IV animals received two vials of CroFab subcutaneously at the envenomation site and two vials intravenously. IV animals received four vials of CroFab intravenously. Limb edema was tracked by serial circumference and volumetric measurements over an 8-h period. Limb circumference was measured at four pre-determined locations hourly. Limb volume was measured by a water displacement method at baseline, 4, and 8 h. Twenty-six animals were randomized to the three treatment groups. The SC/IV and IV arms included nine animals each. Two animals in the SC/IV group died suddenly during the study, leaving seven animals for data analysis. There were eight controls. Increasing limb edema was observed in all groups. No differences were detected in limb circumferences or limb volumes between control and either treatment arms. In this porcine model of crotaline envenomation, no differences in limb edema were found between animals treated with SC/IV or IV CroFab when compared to saline controls.

  6. Investigations of the role of nonlinear couplings in structure formation and transport regulation in plasma turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Holland, Christopher George

    Studies of nonlinear couplings and dynamics in plasma turbulence are presented. Particular areas of focus are analytic studies of coherent structure formation in electron temperature gradient turbulence, measurement of nonlinear energy transfer in simulations of plasma turbulence, and bispectral analysis of experimental and computational data. The motivation for these works has been to develop and expand the existing theories of plasma transport, and verify the nonlinear predictions of those theories in simulation and experiment. In Chapter II, we study electromagnetic secondary instabilities of electron temperature gradient turbulence. The growth rate for zonal flow generation via modulational instability of electromagnetic ETG turbulence is calculated, as well as that for zonal (magnetic) field generation. In Chapter III, the stability and saturation of streamers in ETG turbulence is considered, and shown to depend sensitively upon geometry and the damping rates of the Kelvin-Helmholtz mode. Requirements for a credible theory of streamer transport are presented. In addition, a self-consistent model for interactions between ETG and ITG (ion temperature gradient) turbulence is presented. In Chapter IV, the nonlinear transfer of kinetic and internal energy is measured in simulations of plasma turbulence. The regulation of turbulence by radial decorrelation due to zonal flows and generation of zonal flows via the Reynolds stress are explicitly demonstrated, and shown to be symmetric facets of a single nonlinear process. Novel nonlinear saturation mechanisms for zonal flows are discussed. In Chapter V, measurements of fluctuation bicoherence in the edge of the DIII-D tokamak are presented. It is shown that the bicoherence increases transiently before a L-H transition, and decays to its initial value after the barrier has formed. The increase in bicoherence is localized to the region where the transport barrier forms, and shows strong coupling between well-separated frequencies. These results are qualitatively reproduced in a simple numerical "thought experiment," described in Chapter VI, which suggests that zonal flows may trigger the L-H transition.

  7. Energy management and attitude control for spacecraft

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Costic, Bret Thomas

    2001-07-01

    This PhD dissertation describes the design and implementation of various control strategies centered around spacecraft applications: (i) an attitude control system for spacecraft, (ii) flywheels used for combined attitude and energy tracking, and (iii) an adaptive autobalancing control algorithm. The theory found in each of these sections is demonstrated through simulation or experimental results. An introduction to each of these three primary chapters can be found in chapter one. The main problem addressed in the second chapter is the quaternion-based, attitude tracking control of rigid spacecraft without angular velocity measurements and in the presence of an unknown inertia matrix. As a stepping-stone, an adaptive, full-state feedback controller that compensates for parametric uncertainty while ensuring asymptotic attitude tracking errors is designed. The adaptive, full-state feedback controller is then redesigned such that the need for angular velocity measurements is eliminated. The proposed adaptive, output feedback controller ensures asymptotic attitude tracking. This work uses a four-parameter representation of the spacecraft attitude that does not exhibit singular orientations as in the case of the previous three-parameter representation-based results. To the best of my knowledge, this represents the first solution to the adaptive, output feedback, attitude tracking control problem for the quaternion representation. Simulation results are included to illustrate the performance of the proposed output feedback control strategy. The third chapter is devoted to the use of multiple flywheels that integrate the energy storage and attitude control functions in space vehicles. This concept, which is referred to as an Integrated Energy Management and Attitude Control (IEMAC) system, reduces the space vehicle bus mass, volume, cost, and maintenance requirements while maintaining or improving the space vehicle performance. To this end, two nonlinear IEMAC strategies (model-based and adaptive) that simultaneously track a desired attitude trajectory and desired energy/power profile are presented. Both strategies ensure asymptotic tracking while the adaptive controller compensates for uncertain spacecraft inertia. In the final chapter, a control strategy is designed for a rotating, unbalanced disk. The control strategy, which is composed of a control torque and two control forces, regulates the disk displacement and ensures angular velocity tracking. The controller uses a desired compensation adaptation law and a gain adjusted forgetting factor to achieve exponential stability despite the lack of knowledge of the imbalance-related parameters, provided a mild persistency of excitation condition is satisfied.

  8. Comparison of Effectiveness of Betamethasone gel Applied to the Tracheal Tube and IV Dexamethasone on Postoperative Sore Throat: A Randomized Controlled Trial.

    PubMed

    Tabari, Masumeh; Soltani, Ghasem; Zirak, Nahid; Alipour, Moammad; Khazaeni, Kamran

    2013-09-01

    Postoperative sore throat is a common complaint in patients with endotracheal intubation and has potentially dangerous complications. This randomized controlled trial study investigated the incidence of postoperative sore throat after general anesthesia when betamethasone gel is applied to a tracheal tube compared with when IV dexamethasone is prescribed. Two hundred and twenty five American Society of Anesthesiologist (ASA)-class I and II patients undergoing elective abdominal surgery with tracheal intubation were randomly divided into three groups: betamethasone gel, intravenous (IV) dexamethasone, and control groups. In the post-anesthesia care unit, a blinded anesthesiologist interviewed all patients regarding postoperative sore throat at 1,6, and 24 hours after surgery. The incidence of sore throat was significantly lower in the betamethasone gel group compared with the IV dexamethasone and control groups, 1, 6, and 24 hours after surgery. In the first day after surgery 10.7% of the betamethasone group had sore throat whereas 26.7% of the IV dexamethasone group and 30.7% of the control group had sore throat. Bucking before extubation was observed in 14(18.4%), 8(10.4%), and 9(12.2%) patients, in the IV dexamethasone, betamethasone gel, and control group, respectively. We concluded that wide spread application of betamethasone gel over tracheal tubes effectively mitigates postoperative sore throat, compared with IV dexamethasone application.

  9. Direct observation and control of hydrogen-bond dynamics using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumagai, Takashi

    2015-08-01

    Hydrogen(H)-bond dynamics are involved in many elementary processes in chemistry and biology. Because of its fundamental importance, a variety of experimental and theoretical approaches have been employed to study the dynamics in gas, liquid, solid phases, and their interfaces. This review describes the recent progress of direct observation and control of H-bond dynamics in several model systems on a metal surface by using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy (STM). General aspects of H-bond dynamics and the experimental methods are briefly described in chapter 1 and 2. In the subsequent four chapters, I present direct observation of an H-bond exchange reaction within a single water dimer (chapter 3), a symmetric H bond (chapter 4) and H-atom relay reactions (chapter 5) within water-hydroxyl complexes, and an intramolecular H-atom transfer reaction (tautomerization) within a single porphycene molecule (chapter 6). These results provide novel microscopic insights into H-bond dynamics at the single-molecule level, and highlight significant impact on the process from quantum effects, namely tunneling and zero-point vibration, resulting from the small mass of H atom. Additionally, local environmental effect on H-bond dynamics is also examined by using atom/molecule manipulation with the STM.

  10. Linkage mapping of a mouse gene, iv, that controls left-right asymmetry of the heart and viscera.

    PubMed Central

    Brueckner, M; D'Eustachio, P; Horwich, A L

    1989-01-01

    Inherited single gene defects have been identified in both humans and mice that lead to loss of developmental control over the left-right asymmetry of the heart and viscera. In mice the recessively inherited mutation iv leads to such apparent loss of control over situs: 50% of iv/iv mice exhibit situs inversus and 50% exhibit normal situs. The affected gene product has not been identified in these animals. To study the normal function of iv, we have taken an approach directed to the gene itself. As a first step, we have mapped iv genetically, by examining its segregation in backcrosses with respect to markers defined by restriction fragment length polymorphisms. The iv locus lies 3 centimorgans (cM) from the immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant-region gene complex (Igh-C) on chromosome 12. A multilocus map of the region suggests the gene order centromere-Aat (alpha 1-antitrypsin gene complex)-(11 cM)-iv-(3 cM)-Igh-C-(1 cM)-Igh-V (immunoglobulin heavy-chain variable-region gene complex). Images PMID:2740340

  11. Modified Multiple Model Adaptive Estimation (M3AE) for Simultaneous Parameter and State Estimation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1998-03-01

    Contents Page Dedication : iv Acknowledgments v Table Of Contents vi List of Figures . . ; x List of Tables xv Abstract xvii Chapter 1 ...INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Background 7 1.2.1 The Chi-Square Test 9 1.2.2 Generalized Likelihood Ratio (GLR) Testing 10 1.2.3 Multiple...M3AE Covariance Analysis 115 4.1.3 Simulations and Performance Analysis 121 4.1.3.1 Test Case 1 : aT = 32.0 124 4.1.3.2 Test Case 2: aT = 37.89, and

  12. Optimizing Gas Generator Efficiency in a Forward Operating Base Using an Energy Management System

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-06-01

    Navy, Bethesda, MD. [4] E. Shields, B. Newell , “Current power and energy requirements of forward Deployed USMC Locations,” Released January 2012...kW and t0 was 6 hours, which resulted in Etotal=64.8 MJ . EMS logic remained the same as in Chapter IV with one exception. If the EMS sensed a...Battery Load (kW) Intial Capacity ( MJ ) Energy Drawn ( MJ ) Remaining Capacity ( MJ ) Initial SoC Final SoC 1 5 1.5 64.8 27.0 37.8 100.0% 58.3% 2 5 1.1

  13. Space-Frequency Sampling Criteria for Electromagnetic Scattering of a Finite Object.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-08-01

    An impulsive magnetic field incident upon a solid conducting body, sets up current - ’ 3 on the surface. As a result, 3 = n x RT will start...sphere and a cube using cubic, isotropic, and rectangular box confinement units are presented in Chapter IV. The efficiency definition proves to e a...8217S’IDRNGE FILE NAME: ACCPEr 30,FNAME2 30 PDR1’ RT (Al 0) IF (aCM.BD.𔃼’) GO MI 35 C C CIII/FR MI MPIT’UME(LINEA) ANDV PHASE (RADIAN) C WD 33 1-l.NsTEP XII~w

  14. [Collation between Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang and Xin Xiu Ben Cao].

    PubMed

    Liang, Fei; Jiang, Li-Sheng; Li, Jian; Zhang, Wei; Zhang, Rui-Xian

    2012-10-01

    To analyze specific content of Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang, this essay compares its content with related content of Xin Xiu Ben Cao, finding that Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang is derived from the part of Jin An of Xin Xiu Ben Cao, which complements with herbal chapters from volume II to IV of Qian Jin Yi Fang. The texts in Za Liao can verify and collate part of Jin An, and thereby showing important literature value and great help for further studies on traditional Chinese medicines of Tang dynasty.

  15. Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas (Non-Seismic)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Snow, Robert L.; Ross, Steven B.; Sullivan, Robin S.

    2010-09-24

    The purpose of this review is to assess the need for updating Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas, as required by DOE Order 420.1B Chapter IV, Natural Phenomena Hazards Mitigation, based on significant changes in state-of-the-art NPH assessment methodology or site-specific information. The review includes all natural phenomena hazards with the exception of seismic/earthquake hazards, which are being addressed under a separate effort. It was determined that existing non-seismic NPH assessments are consistent with current design methodology and site specific data.

  16. Agreement between Board of Control, Northern Michigan University, and American Association of University Professors, Northern Michigan University Chapter, July 1, 1984-June 30, 1987.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    American Association of Univ. Professors, Washington, DC.

    The collective bargaining agreement between Northern Michigan University Board of Control and Northern Michigan University Chapter (280 members) of the American Association of University Professors (AAUP) covering the period July 1, 1984-June 30, 1987 is presented. Items covered in the agreement include: definitions and recognition of AAUP;…

  17. Development of conductometric biosensors based on alkaline phosphatases for the water quality control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berezhetskyy, A.

    2008-09-01

    Researches are focused on the elaboration of enzymatic microconductometric device for heavy metal ions detection in water solutions. The manuscript includes a general introduction, the first chapter contains bibliographic review, the second chapter described the fundamentals of conductometric transducers, the third chapter examining the possibility to create and to optimize conductometric biosensor based on bovine alkaline phosphatase for heavy metals ions detection, the fourth chapter devoted to creation and optimization of conductometric biosensor based on alkaline phosphatase active microalgae and sol gel technology, the last chapter described application of the proposed algal biosensor for measurements of heavy metal ions toxicity of waste water, general conclusions stating the progresses achieved in the field of environmental monitoring

  18. Origins of magnetospheric physics

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Van Allen, J.A.

    1983-01-01

    The history of the scientific investigation of the earth magnetosphere during the period 1946-1960 is reviewed, with a focus on satellite missions leading to the discovery of the inner and outer radiation belts. Chapters are devoted to ground-based studies of the earth magnetic field through the 1930s, the first U.S. rocket flights carrying scientific instruments, the rockoon flights from the polar regions (1952-1957), U.S. planning for scientific use of artificial satellites (1956), the launch of Sputnik I (1957), the discovery of the inner belt by Explorers I and III (1958), the Argus high-altitude atomic-explosion tests (1958), the confirmation of themore » inner belt and discovery of the outer belt by Explorer IV and Pioneers I-V, related studies by Sputniks II and III and Luniks I-III, and the observational and theoretical advances of 1959-1961. Photographs, drawings, diagrams, graphs, and copies of original notes and research proposals are provided. 227 references.« less

  19. Development and evaluation of an active instructional framework for undergraduate biology education

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lysne, Steven John

    The practice of science education in American colleges and universities is changing and the role of faculty is changing as well. There is momentum in higher education to transform our instruction and do a better job at supporting more students' success in science and engineering programs. New teaching approaches are transforming undergraduate science instruction and new research demonstrates that these new approaches are more engaging for students, result in greater achievement, and create more positive attitudes toward science careers. Additionally, teaching scholars have described a paradigm shift toward placing the burden of content coverage on students which allows more time for in-class activities such as discussion and problem solving. Teaching faculty have been asked to redesign their courses and rebrand themselves as facilitators of student learning, rather than purveyors of information, to improve student engagement, achievement, and attitudes. This dissertation is a critical evaluation of both the assumption that active learning improves student achievement and knowledge retention and my own assumptions regarding science education research and my students' resiliency. This dissertation is a collection of research articles, published or in preparation, presenting the chronological development (Chapters 2 and 3) and evaluation (Chapters 4 and 5) of an active instructional model for undergraduate biology instruction. Chapters 1 and 6.provide a broad introduction and summary, respectively. Chapter 2 is an exploration of student engagement through interviews with a variety of students. From these interviews I identified several themes that students felt were important, and science instructors need to address, including the place where learning happens and strategies for better engaging students. Chapter 3 presents a review of the science education literature broadly and more focused review on the how students learn and how faculty teach. Consistent with what my student interviews suggested, I found that engaging students by way of innovative instructional approaches is a major theme in science education. I conclude by arguing for the development of collaborative learning communities and the use of cognitive apprenticeships in science classrooms. In Chapter 4 I presented the development and initial evaluation of an instructional framework for undergraduate biology classrooms. I found that student satisfaction as measured by end-of-course iv evaluations increased compared to my previous instructional model. I concluded that the instructional framework was efficacious and proceeded to evaluate the model in the context of knowledge acquisition and retention. Chapter 5 is the culmination of the work I conducted for the research presented in Chapters 2 through 4. In Chapter 5 I formally test the hypotheses that my instructional framework presented in Chapter 4 results in no greater knowledge acquisition or retention compared to a more traditional lecture model of instruction. I failed to reject these hypotheses which runs contrary to much published literature; the implications of my findings are discussed.

  20. Control during corporate crisis: asbestos and the Manville bankruptcy.

    PubMed

    Delaney, K J

    1991-01-01

    Chapter 11 bankruptcy provides an opportunity for addressing issues of power and control during corporate crisis. A broad notion of power is essential in understanding the complex events that led to the Chapter 11 filing of the Manville Corporation, formerly the nation's leading asbestos manufacturer. The theory of finance hegemony places this case in an entirely new light by taking into account the power of the financial community. The Manville bankruptcy illuminates several mechanisms by which this hegemony operates. From this perspective, Chapter 11 bankruptcy is viewed as a choice made from a set of options severely constrained by other powerful institutions, rather than a result of managerial incompetence or market failure.

  1. Chapter 6: CPV Tracking and Trackers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Luque-Heredia, Ignacio; Magalhaes, Pedro; Muller, Matthew

    2016-04-15

    This chapter explains the functional requirements of a concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) sun tracker. It derives the design specifications of a CPV tracker. The chapter presents taxonomy of trackers describing the most common tracking architectures, based on the number of axes, their relative position, and the foundation and placing of tracking drives. It deals with the structural issues related to tracker design, mainly related to structural flexure and its impact on the system's acceptance angle. The chapter analyzes the auto-calibrated sun tracking control, by describing the state of the art and its development background. It explores the sun tracking accuracy measurementmore » with a practical example. The chapter discusses tracker manufacturing and tracker field works. It reviews survey of different types of tracker designs obtained from different manufacturers. Finally, the chapter deals with IEC62817, the technical standard developed for CPV sun trackers.« less

  2. Infusion volume control and calculation using metronome and drop counter based intravenous infusion therapy helper.

    PubMed

    Park, Kyungnam; Lee, Jangyoung; Kim, Soo-Young; Kim, Jinwoo; Kim, Insoo; Choi, Seung Pill; Jeong, Sikyung; Hong, Sungyoup

    2013-06-01

    This study assessed the method of fluid infusion control using an IntraVenous Infusion Controller (IVIC). Four methods of infusion control (dial flow controller, IV set without correction, IV set with correction and IVIC correction) were used to measure the volume of each technique at two infusion rates. The infused fluid volume with a dial flow controller was significantly larger than other methods. The infused fluid volume was significantly smaller with an IV set without correction over time. Regarding the concordance correlation coefficient (CCC) of infused fluid volume in relation to a target volume, IVIC correction was shown to have the highest level of agreement. The flow rate measured in check mode showed a good agreement with the volume of collected fluid after passing through the IV system. Thus, an IVIC could assist in providing an accurate infusion control. © 2013 Wiley Publishing Asia Pty Ltd.

  3. Comparison of Effectiveness of Betamethasone gel Applied to the Tracheal Tube and IV Dexamethasone on Postoperative Sore Throat: A Randomized Controlled Trial

    PubMed Central

    Tabari, Masoomeh; Soltani, Ghasem; Zirak, Nahid; Alipour, Mohammad; Khazaeni, Kamran

    2013-01-01

    Introduction: Postoperative sore throat is a common complaint in patients with endotracheal intubation and has potentially dangerous complications. This randomized controlled trial study investigated the incidence of postoperative sore throat after general anesthesia when betamethasone gel is applied to a tracheal tube compared with when IV dexamethasone is prescribed. Materials and Methods: Two hundred and twenty five American Society of Anesthesiologist (ASA)-class I and II patients undergoing elective abdominal surgery with tracheal intubation were randomly divided into three groups: betamethasone gel, intravenous (IV) dexamethasone, and control groups. In the post-anesthesia care unit, a blinded anesthesiologist interviewed all patients regarding postoperative sore throat at 1,6, and 24 hours after surgery. Results: The incidence of sore throat was significantly lower in the betamethasone gel group compared with the IV dexamethasone and control groups, 1, 6, and 24 hours after surgery. In the first day after surgery 10.7% of the betamethasone group had sore throat whereas 26.7% of the IV dexamethasone group and 30.7% of the control group had sore throat. Bucking before extubation was observed in 14(18.4%), 8(10.4%), and 9(12.2%) patients, in the IV dexamethasone, betamethasone gel, and control group, respectively. Conclusion: We concluded that wide spread application of betamethasone gel over tracheal tubes effectively mitigates postoperative sore throat, compared with IV dexamethasone application. PMID:24303443

  4. Integrated microfluidic platforms for investigating neuronal networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Hyung Joon

    This dissertation describes the development and application of integrated microfluidics-based assay platforms to study neuronal activities in the nervous system in-vitro. The assay platforms were fabricated using soft lithography and micro/nano fabrication including microfluidics, surface patterning, and nanomaterial synthesis. The use of integrated microfluidics-based assay platform allows culturing and manipulating many types of neuronal tissues in precisely controlled microenvironment. Furthermore, they provide organized multi-cellular in-vitro model, long-term monitoring with live cell imaging, and compatibility with molecular biology techniques and electrophysiology experiment. In this dissertation, the integrated microfluidics-based assay platforms are developed for investigation of neuronal activities such as local protein synthesis, impairment of axonal transport by chemical/physical variants, growth cone path finding under chemical/physical cues, and synaptic transmission in neuronal circuit. Chapter 1 describes the motivation, objectives, and scope for developing in-vitro platform to study various neuronal activities. Chapter 2 introduces microfluidic culture platform for biochemical assay with large-scale neuronal tissues that are utilized as model system in neuroscience research. Chapter 3 focuses on the investigation of impaired axonal transport by beta-Amyloid and oxidative stress. The platform allows to control neuronal processes and to quantify mitochondrial movement in various regions of axons away from applied drugs. Chapter 4 demonstrates the development of microfluidics-based growth cone turning assay to elucidate the mechanism underlying axon guidance under soluble factors and shear flow. Using this platform, the behaviors of growth cone of mammalian neurons are verified under the gradient of inhibitory molecules and also shear flow in well-controlled manner. In Chapter 5, I combine in-vitro multicellular model with microfabricated MEA (multielectrode array) or nanowire electrode array to study electrophysiology in neuronal network. Also, "diode-like" microgrooves to control the number of neuronal processes is embedded in this platform. Chapter 6 concludes with a possible future direction of this work. Interfacing micro/nanotechnology with primary neuron culture would open many doors in fundamental neuroscience research and also biomedical innovation.

  5. CHLORINE DIOXIDE CHEMISTRY, REACTIONS, AND DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCTS

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter contains two main sections-the first section describes the chemistry and reactions of chlorine dioxide, and the second describes the disinfection by-products (DBPs) of chlorine dioxide and their control. A short section on Research Needs completes this chapter. The...

  6. Effects of humeral intraosseous versus intravenous epinephrine on pharmacokinetics and return of spontaneous circulation in a porcine cardiac arrest model: A randomized control trial.

    PubMed

    Johnson, Don; Garcia-Blanco, Jose; Burgert, James; Fulton, Lawrence; Kadilak, Patrick; Perry, Katherine; Burke, Jeffrey

    2015-09-01

    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), defibrillation, and epinephrine administration are pillars of advanced cardiac life support (ACLS). Intraosseous (IO) access is an alternative route for epinephrine administration when intravenous (IV) access is unobtainable. Previous studies indicate the pharmacokinetics of epinephrine administration via IO and IV routes differ, but it is not known if the difference influences return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC). The purpose of this prospective, experimental study was to determine the effects of humeral IO (HIO) and IV epinephrine administration during cardiac arrest on pharmacokinetics, ROSC, and odds of survival. Swine (N = 21) were randomized into 3 groups: humeral IO (HIO), peripheral IV (IV) and CPR/defibrillation control. Cardiac arrest was induced under general anesthesia. The swine remained in arrest for 2 min without intervention. Chest compressions were initiated and continued for 2 min. Epinephrine was administered and serial blood samples collected for pharmacokinetic analysis over 4 min. Defibrillation and epinephrine administration proceeded according to ACLS guidelines continuing for 20 min or until ROSC. Seven HIO swine, 4 IV swine, and no control swine had ROSC. There were no significant differences in ROSC, maximum concentration; except at 30 s, and time-to-concentration-maximum between the HIO and IV groups. Significant differences existed between the experimental groups and the control. The HIO delivers a higher concentration of epinephrine than the IV route at 30 s which may be a survival advantage. Clinicians may consider using the IO route to administer epinephrine during CA when there is no preexisting IV access or when IV access is unobtainable.

  7. Effects of humeral intraosseous versus intravenous epinephrine on pharmacokinetics and return of spontaneous circulation in a porcine cardiac arrest model: A randomized control trial

    PubMed Central

    Johnson, Don; Garcia-Blanco, Jose; Burgert, James; Fulton, Lawrence; Kadilak, Patrick; Perry, Katherine; Burke, Jeffrey

    2015-01-01

    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), defibrillation, and epinephrine administration are pillars of advanced cardiac life support (ACLS). Intraosseous (IO) access is an alternative route for epinephrine administration when intravenous (IV) access is unobtainable. Previous studies indicate the pharmacokinetics of epinephrine administration via IO and IV routes differ, but it is not known if the difference influences return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC). The purpose of this prospective, experimental study was to determine the effects of humeral IO (HIO) and IV epinephrine administration during cardiac arrest on pharmacokinetics, ROSC, and odds of survival. Swine (N = 21) were randomized into 3 groups: humeral IO (HIO), peripheral IV (IV) and CPR/defibrillation control. Cardiac arrest was induced under general anesthesia. The swine remained in arrest for 2 min without intervention. Chest compressions were initiated and continued for 2 min. Epinephrine was administered and serial blood samples collected for pharmacokinetic analysis over 4 min. Defibrillation and epinephrine administration proceeded according to ACLS guidelines continuing for 20 min or until ROSC. Seven HIO swine, 4 IV swine, and no control swine had ROSC. There were no significant differences in ROSC, maximum concentration; except at 30 s, and time-to-concentration-maximum between the HIO and IV groups. Significant differences existed between the experimental groups and the control. The HIO delivers a higher concentration of epinephrine than the IV route at 30 s which may be a survival advantage. Clinicians may consider using the IO route to administer epinephrine during CA when there is no preexisting IV access or when IV access is unobtainable. PMID:26468375

  8. An Investigation of Spontaneous Lorentz Violation and Cosmic Inflation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tam, Heywood

    2010-12-01

    In this thesis we re-examine two established ideas in theoretical physics: Lorentz invariance and cosmic inflation. In the first four chapters, we (i) propose a way to hide large extra dimensions by coupling standard model fields with Lorentz-violating tensor fields with expectation values along the extra dimensions; (ii) examine the stability of theories in which Lorentz invariance is spontaneously broken by fixed-norm 'aether' fields; (iii) investigate the phenomenological properties of the sigma-model aether theory; and (iv) explore the implications of an alternative theory of gravity in which the graviton arises from the Goldstone modes of a two-index symmetric aether field. In the final chapter, we examine the horizon and flatness problems using the canonical measure (developed by Gibbons, Hawking, and Stewart) on the space of solutions to Einstein's equations. We find that the flatness problem does not exist, while the homogeneity of our universe does represent a substantial fine-tuning. Based on the assumption of unitary evolution (Liouville's theorem), we further dispute the widely accepted claim that inflation makes our universe more natural.

  9. Culture and psychiatric diagnosis.

    PubMed

    Lewis-Fernández, Roberto; Aggarwal, Neil Krishan

    2013-01-01

    Since the publication of DSM-IV in 1994, neurobiologists and anthropologists have criticized the rigidity of its diagnostic criteria that appear to exclude whole classes of alternate illness presentations, as well as the lack of attention in contemporary psychiatric nosology to the role of contextual factors in the emergence and characteristics of psychopathology. Experts in culture and mental health have responded to these criticisms by revising the very process of diagnosis for DSM-5. Specifically, the DSM-5 Cultural Issues Subgroup has recommended that concepts of culture be included more prominently in several areas: an introductory chapter on Cultural Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis - composed of a conceptual introduction, a revised Outline for Cultural Formulation, a Cultural Formulation Interview that operationalizes this Outline, and a glossary on cultural concepts of distress - as well as material directly related to culture that is incorporated into the description of each disorder. This chapter surveys these recommendations to demonstrate how culture and context interact with psychiatric diagnosis at multiple levels. A greater appreciation of the interplay between culture, context, and biology can help clinicians improve diagnostic and treatment planning. Copyright © 2013 APA*

  10. Chemical and Physical Signatures for Microbial Forensics

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cliff, John B.; Kreuzer, Helen W.; Ehrhardt, Christopher J.

    Chemical and physical signatures for microbial forensics John Cliff and Helen Kreuzer-Martin, eds. Humana Press Chapter 1. Introduction: Review of history and statement of need. Randy Murch, Virginia Tech Chapter 2. The Microbe: Structure, morphology, and physiology of the microbe as they relate to potential signatures of growth conditions. Joany Jackman, Johns Hopkins University Chapter 3. Science for Forensics: Special considerations for the forensic arena - quality control, sample integrity, etc. Mark Wilson (retired FBI): Western Carolina University Chapter 4. Physical signatures: Light and electron microscopy, atomic force microscopy, gravimetry etc. Joseph Michael, Sandia National Laboratory Chapter 5. Lipids: FAME,more » PLFA, steroids, LPS, etc. James Robertson, Federal Bureau of Investigation Chapter 6. Carbohydrates: Cell wall components, cytoplasm components, methods Alvin Fox, University of South Carolina School of Medicine David Wunschel, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Chapter 7. Peptides: Peptides, proteins, lipoproteins David Wunschel, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Chapter 8. Elemental content: CNOHPS (treated in passing), metals, prospective cell types John Cliff, International Atomic Energy Agency Chapter 9. Isotopic signatures: Stable isotopes C,N,H,O,S, 14C dating, potential for heavy elements. Helen Kreuzer-Martin, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Michaele Kashgarian, Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Chapter 10. Extracellular signatures: Cellular debris, heme, agar, headspace, spent media, etc Karen Wahl, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Chapter 11. Data Reduction and Integrated Microbial Forensics: Statistical concepts, parametric and multivariate statistics, integrating signatures Kristin Jarman, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory« less

  11. 34 CFR 364.2 - What is the purpose of the programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... SILS and CIL programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII of the Act is to promote a philosophy of independent living (IL), including a philosophy of consumer control, peer support, self-help, self...

  12. 34 CFR 364.2 - What is the purpose of the programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... SILS and CIL programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII of the Act is to promote a philosophy of independent living (IL), including a philosophy of consumer control, peer support, self-help, self...

  13. 34 CFR 364.2 - What is the purpose of the programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... SILS and CIL programs authorized by chapter 1 of title VII of the Act is to promote a philosophy of independent living (IL), including a philosophy of consumer control, peer support, self-help, self...

  14. NASA directives: Master list and index

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1994-01-01

    This Handbook sets forth in two parts the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this Handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of Agency-wide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office of Installation to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA Handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives published in the code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 7. Part B contains an in-depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than Handbooks.

  15. Efficacy of induction therapy with ATG and intravenous immunoglobulins in patients with low-level donor-specific HLA-antibodies.

    PubMed

    Bächler, K; Amico, P; Hönger, G; Bielmann, D; Hopfer, H; Mihatsch, M J; Steiger, J; Schaub, S

    2010-05-01

    Low-level donor-specific HLA-antibodies (HLA-DSA) (i.e. detectable by single-antigen flow beads, but negative by complement-dependent cytotoxicity crossmatch) represent a risk factor for early allograft rejection. The short-term efficacy of an induction regimen consisting of polyclonal anti-T-lymphocyte globulin (ATG) and intravenous immunoglobulins (IvIg) in patients with low-level HLA-DSA is unknown. In this study, we compared 67 patients with low-level HLA-DSA not having received ATG/IvIg induction (historic control) with 37 patients, who received ATG/IvIg induction. The two groups were equal regarding retransplants, HLA-matches, number and class of HLA-DSA. The overall incidence of clinical/subclinical antibody-mediated rejection (AMR) was lower in the ATG/IvIg than in the historic control group (38% vs. 55%; p = 0.03). This was driven by a significantly lower rate of clinical AMR (11% vs. 46%; p = 0.0002). Clinical T-cell-mediated rejection (TCR) was significantly lower in the ATG/IvIg than in the historic control group (0% vs. 50%; p < 0.0001). Within the first year, allograft loss due to AMR occurred in 7.5% in the historic control and in 0% in the ATG/IvIg group. We conclude that in patients with low-level HLA-DSA, ATG/IvIg induction significantly reduces TCR and the severity of AMR, but the high rate of subclinical AMR suggests an insufficient control of the humoral immune response.

  16. Neuropsychological Profiles on the WAIS-IV of Adults With ADHD.

    PubMed

    Theiling, Johanna; Petermann, Franz

    2016-11-01

    The aim of the study was to investigate the pattern of neuropsychological profiles on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-IV (WAIS-IV) for adults With ADHD relative to randomly matched controls and to assess overall intellectual ability discrepancies of the Full Scale Intelligence Quotient (FSIQ) and the General Ability Index (GAI). In all, 116 adults With ADHD and 116 controls between 16 and 71 years were assessed. Relative to controls, adults With ADHD show significant decrements in subtests with working memory and processing speed demands with moderate to large effect sizes and a higher GAI in comparison with the FSIQ. This suggests first that deficits identified with previous WAIS versions are robust in adults With ADHD and remain deficient when assessed with the WAIS-IV; second that the WAIS-IV reliably differentiates between patients and controls; and third that a reduction of the FSIQ is most likely due to a decrement in working memory and processing speed abilities. The findings have essential implications for the diagnostic process. © The Author(s) 2014.

  17. Culture, Executive Function, and Social Understanding

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lewis, Charlie; Koyasu, Masuo; Oh, Seungmi; Ogawa, Ayako; Short, Benjamin; Huang, Zhao

    2009-01-01

    Much of the evidence from the West has shown links between children's developing self-control (executive function), their social experiences, and their social understanding (Carpendale & Lewis, 2006, chapters 5 and 6), across a range of cultures including China. This chapter describes four studies conducted in three Oriental cultures,…

  18. SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 38; SeaWiFS Calibration and Validation Quality Control Procedures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Darzi, Michael; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E.; Firestone, James K.; Patt, Frederick S.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Schieber, Brian D.; hide

    1996-01-01

    This document provides five brief reports that address several quality control procedures under the auspices of the Calibration and Validation Element (CVE) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. Chapter 1 describes analyses of the 32 sensor engineering telemetry streams. Anomalies in any of the values may impact sensor performance in direct or indirect ways. The analyses are primarily examinations of parameter time series combined with statistical methods such as auto- and cross-correlation functions. Chapter 2 describes how the various onboard (solar and lunar) and vicarious (in situ) calibration data will be analyzed to quantify sensor degradation, if present. The analyses also include methods for detecting the influence of charged particles on sensor performance such as might be expected in the South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA). Chapter 3 discusses the quality control of the ancillary environmental data that are routinely received from other agencies or projects which are used in the atmospheric correction algorithm (total ozone, surface wind velocity, and surface pressure; surface relative humidity is also obtained, but is not used in the initial operational algorithm). Chapter 4 explains the procedures for screening level-, level-2, and level-3 products. These quality control operations incorporate both automated and interactive procedures which check for file format errors (all levels), navigation offsets (level-1), mask and flag performance (level-2), and product anomalies (all levels). Finally, Chapter 5 discusses the match-up data set development for comparing SeaWiFS level-2 derived products with in situ observations, as well as the subsequent outlier analyses that will be used for evaluating error sources.

  19. Diabetic retinopathy: retina-specific methods for maintenance of diabetic rodents and evaluation of vascular histopathology and molecular abnormalities

    PubMed Central

    Veenstra, Alexander; Liu, Haitao; Lee, Chieh Allen; Du, Yunpeng; Tang, Jie; Kern, Timothy S.

    2015-01-01

    Diabetic retinopathy is a major cause of visual impairment, which continues to increase in prevalence as more and more people develop diabetes. Despite the importance of vision, the retina is one of the smallest tissues in the body, and specialized techniques to study the retinopathy have been developed. This chapter will summarize several methods used to (i) induce diabetes, (ii) maintain the diabetic animals throughout the months required for the development of typical vascular histopathology, (iii) evaluate vascular histopathology of diabetic retinopathy, and (iv) quantitate abnormalities implicated in the development of the retinopathy. PMID:26331759

  20. Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium in the Mixture 1,1-Difluoroethane C2H4F2 + C4H8 2-Methylpropene (EVLM1131, LB5730_E)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cibulka, I.; Fontaine, J.-C.; Sosnkowska-Kehiaian, K.; Kehiaian, H. V.

    This document is part of Subvolume A 'Binary Liquid Systems of Nonelectrolytes I' of Volume 26 'Heats of Mixing, Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium, and Volumetric Properties of Mixtures and Solutions' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV 'Physical Chemistry'. It contains the Chapter 'Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium in the Mixture 1,1-Difluoroethane C2H4F2 + C4H8 2-Methylpropene (EVLM1131, LB5730_E)' providing data from direct measurement of pressure and mole fraction in vapor phase at variable mole fraction in liquid phase and constant temperature.

  1. Special Analysis for the Disposal of the Materials and Energy Corporation Sealed Sources at the Area 5 Radioactive Waste Management Site

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shott, Gregory

    This special analysis (SA) evaluates whether the Materials and Energy Corporation (M&EC) Sealed Source waste stream (PERM000000036, Revision 0) is suitable for shallow land burial (SLB) at the Area 5 Radioactive Waste Management Site (RWMS) on the Nevada National Security Site (NNSS). Disposal of the M&EC Sealed Source waste meets all U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Manual DOE M 435.1-1, “Radioactive Waste Management Manual,” Chapter IV, Section P performance objectives (DOE 1999). The M&EC Sealed Source waste stream is recommended for acceptance without conditions.

  2. TPPA and tobacco control: threats to APEC countries.

    PubMed

    Sy, Deborah K; Stumberg, Robert K

    2014-11-01

    Twelve-member countries of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) are negotiating the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA), a free trade agreement to facilitate international trade and investment. As reported by multiple sources, the TPPA would grant the same trade benefits and legal protections to tobacco products, services and investments that it would provide to other sectors. Malaysia proposed excluding tobacco control measures from the scope of all TPPA chapters while the US proposed only to establish a consultation process in tobacco-related disputes and to declare that tobacco control measures serve a health objective within the scope of the general exceptions. The article analyses selected TPPA trade and investment rules and shows how they strengthen the ability of tobacco companies or a country to challenge the most progressive tobacco control measures. In the absence of a complete TPPA text, the analysis is based on specific leaked chapters, legal analysis from observers in the negotiations, existing free trade agreements among the TPPA parties and positions of the tobacco industry and its allies. Five TPPA chapters pose the most significant threats to tobacco control measures: Investment, Regulatory Coherence, Services, Intellectual Property and Technical Barriers to Trade. Trade negotiators should expand safeguards to ensure that the TPPA does no harm. The most effective would be to exclude (carve out) tobacco control measures from the scope of all TPPA chapters, as Malaysia has proposed. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.

  3. Schedule of controlled substances; placement of fospropofol into schedule IV. Final rule.

    PubMed

    2009-10-06

    With the issuance of this final rule, the Deputy Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) places the substance fospropofol, including its salts, isomers and salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible, into schedule IV of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). As a result of this rule, the regulatory controls and criminal sanctions of schedule IV will be applicable to the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, importation, and exportation of fospropofol and products containing fospropofol.

  4. Gulf War Air Power Survey. Volume 1. Planning and Command and Control

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-01-01

    should not simply pressure Saddam to pull out of Kuwait. Rather, it should continue until the Iraq army was destroyed. [DELET] m Schwa’rkopf. too, wanted...who pulled the OwAps sortie database into shape; retired Col. Donald A. Kellum, who uncovered the full story of close air support from records at Shaw...the maturing capability of airborne, decentralized command and control. Chapter 10 pulls all the chapters together around the distinction introduced

  5. Indian Vacuum Society: The Indian Vacuum Society

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saha, T. K.

    2008-03-01

    The Indian Vacuum Society (IVS) was established in 1970. It has over 800 members including many from Industry and R & D Institutions spread throughout India. The society has an active chapter at Kolkata. The society was formed with the main aim to promote, encourage and develop the growth of Vacuum Science, Techniques and Applications in India. In order to achieve this aim it has conducted a number of short term courses at graduate and technician levels on vacuum science and technology on topics ranging from low vacuum to ultrahigh vacuum So far it has conducted 39 such courses at different parts of the country and imparted training to more than 1200 persons in the field. Some of these courses were in-plant training courses conducted on the premises of the establishment and designed to take care of the special needs of the establishment. IVS also regularly conducts national and international seminars and symposia on vacuum science and technology with special emphasis on some theme related to applications of vacuum. A large number of delegates from all over India take part in the deliberations of such seminars and symposia and present their work. IVS also arranges technical visits to different industries and research institutes. The society also helped in the UNESCO sponsored post-graduate level courses in vacuum science, technology and applications conducted by Mumbai University. The society has also designed a certificate and diploma course for graduate level students studying vacuum science and technology and has submitted a syllabus to the academic council of the University of Mumbai for their approval, we hope that some colleges affiliated to the university will start this course from the coming academic year. IVS extended its support in standardizing many of the vacuum instruments and played a vital role in helping to set up a Regional Testing Centre along with BARC. As part of the development of vacuum education, the society arranges the participation of expert members on the subject to deliver lectures and take part in devising courses in the universities. IVS publishes a quarterly called the `Bulletin of Indian Vacuum Society' since its inception, in which articles on vacuum and related topics are published. NIRVAT, news, announcements, and reports are the other features of the Bulletin. The articles in the Bulletin are internationally abstracted. The Bulletin is distributed free to all the members of the society. The society also publishes proceedings of national/international symposia and seminars, manuals, lecture notes etc. It has published a `Vacuum Directory' containing very useful information on vacuum technology. IVS has also set up its own website http://www.ivsnet.org in January 2002. The website contains information about IVS, list of members, list of EC members, events and news, abstracts of articles published in the `Bulletin of Indian Vacuum Society', utilities, announcements, reports, membership and other forms which can be completed online and also gives links to other vacuum societies. Our Society has been a member of the executive council of the International Union of Vacuum Science, Techniques and Applications (IUVSTA) and its various committees since 1970. In 1983 IVS conducted an International Symposium on Vacuum Technology and Nuclear Applications in BARC, Mumbai, under the sponsorship of IUVSTA. In 1987 IVS arranged the Triennial International Conference on Thin Films in New Delhi, where more than 200 foreign delegates participated. IVS also hosted the IUVSTA Executive Council Meeting along with the conference. The society organized yet again an International Conference on Vacuum Science and Technology and SRS Vacuum Systems at CAT, Indore in1995. IVS arranges the prestigious Professor Balakrishnan Memorial Lecture in memory of its founder vice-president. Leading scientists from India and abroad in the field are invited to deliver the talks. So far 23 lectures have been held in this series. IVS has instituted the `IVS- Professor D Y Phadke Memorial Prize' in memory of our founder president, the late Professor D Y Phadke at the University of Mumbai. The prize is given every year to the student ranked top in the MSc (PHY.) examination conducted by the university. The IVS Kolkata Chapter has established the Dr A S Divatia Memorial Trust with the objective of organizing the Dr A S Divatia Memorial Lecture and a seminar once a year and to set up a vacuum testing and calibration facility. IVS has instituted an award in memory of the late Shri C Ambasankaran, its past president and pioneer of vacuum technology in India. This award is given to one of the best papers presented in the national symposium conducted by IVS. One more best paper award `Smt. Shakuntalabai Vyawahare Memorial Prize' is established from a donation given by Shri Mohan R Vyawahare, a life member and a present EC member of the society, in memory of his mother. During the symposia, IVS felicitates two of its members, one from Industry and one from an R & D Institution for their lifetime contribution to vacuum science and technology. Dr A K Gupta, Ex BARC, Ex Generla Manager, IBP, Head, Energy Group, Shapoorji Pallonji & Co Ltd (Industry), and Dr S R Gowariker, Ex BARC, Ex Director, CSIO, Chandigarh, Director, Tolani Education Foundation (R & D) are being honoured this year. T K Saha Geneneral Secretary, IVS

  6. Mechanisms of blood pressure alterations in response to the Valsalva maneuver in postural tachycardia syndrome

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sandroni, P.; Novak, V.; Opfer-Gehrking, T. L.; Huck, C. A.; Low, P. A.

    2000-01-01

    The postural tachycardia syndrome (POTS) is characterized clinically by orthostatic lightheadedness and tachycardia. When these patients perform a Valsalva maneuver, there is an excessive blood pressure increment after cessation of the maneuver (phase IV) that is sometimes associated with headaches. It is not known whether excessive phase IV is due to excessive peripheral vascular tone (an alpha-adrenergic mechanism) or is a manifestation of increased beta-adrenergic tone (hyperadrenergic state). The authors undertook a pharmacologic study evaluating the effect of intravenous phentolamine (alpha-adrenergic antagonist) and propranolol (beta-adrenergic antagonist) on the different phases of the Valsalva maneuver in a group of patients with POTS and age-matched normal control subjects. Patients with POTS had mean phases, when compared with controls, that were characterized by more negative II_E (p = 0.07), smaller II_L (p = 0.04), and significantly larger phase IV (p = 0.001). The effect of phentolamine was qualitatively and quantitatively different in POTS when compared with controls. Ten mg phentolamine in controls resulted in a significant accentuation of phase II_E (p = 0.001), attenuation of phase II_L (p = 0.002), and increase of phase IV (57.6 vs 30.7 mm Hg; p = 0.025). These changes resembled those of patients with POTS at baseline. In patients with POTS, the phase II abnormalities, already present, were further accentuated (p <0.001), and phase IV became smaller (50.6 vs 73.8 mm Hg; p = 0.09). Propranolol had no significant effect on phases II_E and II_L, but significantly reduced phase IV in both controls (p <0.05) and in patients with POTS (p <0.001) and improved the headache symptoms, when present, during and after phase IV. The authors conclude that phase IV is mainly under beta-adrenergic regulation and that the exaggerated phase IV in POTS is a result of a hyperadrenergic state.

  7. Chapter 9.5: Electromagnetic induction to manage cattle feedlot waste

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    This book chapter summarizes results of waste management research that utilized electromagnetic induction (EMI) tools for the purposes of: 1) collection of solid waste from feedlot surfaces to be utilized by crops 2) control and utilization of nutrient laden liquid runoff, and 3) feedlot surface man...

  8. Chapter 8. Management strategies for dwarf mistletoe: Silviculture

    Treesearch

    J. A. Muir; B. W. Geils

    2002-01-01

    Although there are numerous sources for information on the practice of silviculture (Forest Service 2002), special considerations are required for control of dwarf mistletoe (Scharpf and Parmeter 1978). Mistletoe-infested forests, stands, and trees develop and respond to treatment differently than their uninfested counterparts (chapter 5). The spread, intensification,...

  9. Environment and the Law. Legal Almanac Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sloan, Irving J.

    This survey is designed to provide the general reader with some basic background on the legal aspects of the effort to achieve environmental quality. The first chapter discusses the structure of federal environmental control in terms of newly established agencies and recently enacted legislation. Other chapters deal individually with air, water,…

  10. The Health of the Oceans.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Goldberg, Edward D.

    International scientific literature is used to review relevant data concerning pollution of the world's oceans. Chapters 1, 8 and 9 address themselves to the problems of international control of marine pollution. Chapter 1 introduces the importance of the time factor, revealing information on how long it takes a pollutant to reach an undesirable…

  11. 47 CFR 101.1429 - Designated entities.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... for the preceding three years. (3) An entrepreneur is an entity that, together with its controlling... this chapter. A winning bidder that qualifies as an entrepreneur, as defined in this section, or a consortium of entrepreneurs may use the bidding credit specified in § 1.2110(f)(2)(iii) of this chapter. ...

  12. 40 CFR 52.227 - Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los Angeles Intrastate Region.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... IMPLEMENTATION PLANS California § 52.227 Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los... Los Angeles Intrastate Region. (1) Los Angeles County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 68.1. (2) Riverside County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 54 for...

  13. 40 CFR 52.227 - Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los Angeles Intrastate Region.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... IMPLEMENTATION PLANS California § 52.227 Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los... Los Angeles Intrastate Region. (1) Los Angeles County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 68.1. (2) Riverside County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 54 for...

  14. 40 CFR 52.227 - Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los Angeles Intrastate Region.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... IMPLEMENTATION PLANS California § 52.227 Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter, Metropolitan Los... Los Angeles Intrastate Region. (1) Los Angeles County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 68.1. (2) Riverside County Air Pollution Control District: (i) Regulation IV, Rule 54 for...

  15. NASA directives master list and index

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1995-01-01

    This handbook sets forth in two parts, Master List of Management Directives and Index to NASA Management Directives, the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of agencywide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office or center to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in the Code of Federal Regulations. Chapter 7 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 8. The second part contains an in depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than handbooks, most of which are indexed by titles only.

  16. Geochemical controls on microbial nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Senko, John M.; Suflita, Joseph M.; Krumholz, Lee R.

    2005-01-01

    After reductive immobilization of uranium, the element may be oxidized and remobilized in the presence of nitrate by the activity of dissimilatory nitrate-reducing bacteria. We examined controls on microbially mediated nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation in landfill leachate-impacted subsurface sediments. Nitrate-dependent U(IV)-oxidizing bacteria were at least two orders of magnitude less numerous in these sediments than glucose- or Fe(II)-oxidizing nitrate-reducing bacteria and grew more slowly than the latter organisms, suggesting that U(IV) is ultimately oxidized by Fe(III) produced by nitrate-dependent Fe(II)-oxidizing bacteria or by oxidation of Fe(II) by nitrite that accumulates during organotrophic dissimilatory nitrate reduction. We examined the effect of nitrate and reductant concentration on nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation in sediment incubations and used the initial reductive capacity (RDC = [reducing equivalents] - [oxidizing equivalents]) of the incubations as a unified measurement of the nitrate or reductant concentration. When we lowered the RDC with progressively higher nitrate concentrations, we observed a corresponding increase in the extent of U(IV) oxidation, but did not observe this relationship between RDC and U(IV) oxidation rate, especially when RDC > 0, suggesting that nitrate concentration strongly controls the extent, but not the rate of nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation. On the other hand, when we raised the RDC in sediment incubations with progressively higher reductant (acetate, sulfide, soluble Fe(II), or FeS) concentrations, we observed progressively lower extents and rates of nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation. Acetate was a relatively poor inhibitor of nitrate-dependent U(IV) oxidation, while Fe(II) was the most effective inhibitor. Based on these results, we propose that it may be possible to predict the stability of U(IV) in a bioremediated aquifer based on the geochemical characteristics of that aquifer.

  17. FAST TRACK COMMUNICATION Generation of stable multi-jets by flow-limited field-injection electrostatic spraying and their control via I-V characteristics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gu, W.; Heil, P. E.; Choi, H.; Kim, K.

    2010-12-01

    The I-V characteristics of flow-limited field-injection electrostatic spraying (FFESS) were investigated, exposing a new way to predict and control the specific spraying modes from single-jet to multi-jet. Monitoring the I-V characteristics revealed characteristic drops in the current upon formation of an additional jet in the multi-jet spraying mode. For fixed jet numbers, space-charge-limited current behaviour was measured which was attributed to space charge in the dielectric liquids between the needle electrode and the nozzle opening. The present work establishes that FFESS can, in particular, generate stable multiple jets and that their control is possible through monitoring the I-V characteristics. This can allow for automatic control of the FFESS process and expedite its future scientific and industrial applications.

  18. The Aerothermodynamics of Aircraft Gas Turbine Engines

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1978-07-01

    engine will deteriorate. 1.6.2 Experimental Testing It is easy to fall int9 the organiza- tional trap of four isolated groups . One group does the... Quasi -Dne-Dimensional Fluid Flows The First Law for a F1mdng System-- The Control Volume • . • The Channel Flow Equations Stagnation Properties...exit to control volume (Eq • 2. 14 . 2) CHAPTER TWO THERMODYNAMICS AND QUASI -ONE-DUlENSIONAL FLUID FLO’’{S 2.0 INTRODUCTION This chapter "ill be

  19. 76 FR 16835 - Erwin E. Feldman, D.O.; Revocation of Registration

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-03-25

    ..., he had issued prescriptions for 60 and 90 tablets of alprazolam, a schedule IV controlled substance... resident of Colorado; and on two occasions, he prescribed alprazolam, a schedule IV controlled substance to...

  20. Motion control system of MAX IV Laboratory soft x-ray beamlines

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sjöblom, Peter, E-mail: peter.sjoblom@maxlab.lu.se; Lindberg, Mirjam, E-mail: mirjam.lindberg@maxlab.lu.se; Forsberg, Johan, E-mail: johan.forsberg@maxlab.lu.se

    2016-07-27

    At the MAX IV Laboratory, five new soft x-ray beamlines are under development. The first is Species and it will be used to develop and set the standard of the control system, which will be common across the facility. All motion axes at MAX IV will be motorized using stepper motors steered by the IcePAP motion controller and a mixture of absolute and incremental encoders following a predefined coordinate system. The control system software is built in Tango and uses the Python-based Sardana framework. The user controls the entire beamline through a synoptic overview and Sardana is used to runmore » the scans.« less

  1. Three Studies on Student Outcomes in Higher Education

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cannon, Russell

    2016-01-01

    This dissertation contains chapters that explore higher education policy issues related to student outcomes. In the first chapter, I examine the results of a controlled randomized trial of a brief, inexpensive phone call outreach to a sample of Pell eligible students at the University of Missouri intended to increase FAFSA filing, on-time FAFSA…

  2. 78 FR 4431 - Santee Sioux Nation-Title XXI-Alcohol, Chapter 1.-Santee Sioux Nation Liquor Control Ordinance

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-01-22

    ... DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Indian Affairs Santee Sioux Nation--Title XXI--Alcohol.... ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: This notice publishes the Title XXI--Alcohol, Chapter 1.-- Santee Sioux Nation... Assistant Secretary--Indian Affairs. I certify that the Santee Sioux Tribal Council duly adopted Title XXI...

  3. Development of Novel Polymeric Materials for Gene Therapy and pH-Sensitive Drug Delivery: Modeling, Synthesis, Characterization, and Analysis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Anderson, Brian Curtis

    2002-01-01

    The underlying theme of this thesis is the use of polymeric materials in bioapplications. Chapters 2-5 either develop a fundamental understanding of current materials used for bioapplications or establish protocols and procedures used in characterizing and synthesizing novel materials. In chapters 6 and 7 these principles and procedures are applied to the development of materials to be used for gene therapy and drug delivery. Chapter one is an introduction to the ideas that will be necessary to understand the subsequent chapters, as well as a literature review of these topics. Chapter two is a paper that has been published inmore » the ''Journal of Controlled Release'' that examines the mechanism of drug release from a polymer gel, as well as experimental design suggestions for the evaluation of water soluble drug delivery systems. Chapter three is a paper that has been published in the ''Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences'' that discusses the effect ionic salts have on properties of the polymer systems examined in chapter two. Chapter four is a paper published in the Materials Research Society Fall 2000 Symposium Series dealing with the design and synthesis of a pH-sensitive polymeric drug delivery device. Chapter five is a paper that has been published in the journal ''Biomaterials'' proposing a novel polymer/metal composite for use as a biomaterial in hip arthroplasty surgery. Chapter six is a paper that will appear in an upcoming volume of the Journal ''Biomaterials'' dealing with the synthesis of a novel water soluble cationic polymer with possible applications in non-viral gene therapy. Chapter seven is a paper that has been submitted to ''Macromolecules'' discussing several novel block copolymers based on poly(ethylene glycol) and poly(diethylamino ethyl methacrylate) that possess both pH-sensitive and temperature sensitive properties. Chapter eight contains a summary of the research contained in chapters 2-7 and proposes future research for the gene therapy and drug delivery projects.« less

  4. 40 CFR 144.23 - Class IV wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Class IV wells. 144.23 Section 144.23... INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM Authorization of Underground Injection by Rule § 144.23 Class IV wells. (a) Injection into existing Class IV wells is authorized for up to six months after approval or promulgation of...

  5. 40 CFR 144.23 - Class IV wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Class IV wells. 144.23 Section 144.23... INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM Authorization of Underground Injection by Rule § 144.23 Class IV wells. (a) Injection into existing Class IV wells is authorized for up to six months after approval or promulgation of...

  6. 40 CFR 144.23 - Class IV wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Class IV wells. 144.23 Section 144.23... INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM Authorization of Underground Injection by Rule § 144.23 Class IV wells. (a) Injection into existing Class IV wells is authorized for up to six months after approval or promulgation of...

  7. Study of lnter-Molecular Dynamics within Alkylsiloxane Self-Assembled Monolayer and Elastomer Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Roman, Michael

    In this work, molecular motion, and in particular, glassy relaxations are studied in two novel experimental systems. Both experimental systems offer a significant degree of control over molecule-molecule, or group-group (where group refers to a portion of a molecule), interactions by controlling density and the type of inter-molecular interaction. Both systems have rigid elements that decrease the tendency of bulk materials to spontaneously change their density with temperature. Thus, density can be maintained and controlled and the effect of density and temperature can be (at least in part) de-convolved. The goal of this work is to experimentally observe the transition from simple, local relaxations to glassy dynamics as density is increased and to understand how this transition differs as the inter-molecular interactions are altered. In both approaches, the system is fabricated from individual parts where the nature, spacing, and particular arrangement of the parts can be controlled and the resultant changes in molecular motion can be observed. Building up a custom system from parts enables fundamental investigation into the glass transition (as discussed above) and also makes possible the development of materials that have engineered responses as a function of temperature. As a short-hand, we refer to the two systems as the monolayer or SAM (short for Self-Assembled Monolayer) and elastomer approaches. In Chapters 4-7 we discuss results from the monolayer approach. Chapter 8 summarizes results from the elastomer approach. In particular, Chapter 4 introduces you to dielectric spectroscopy and briefly summarizes the previous work by former students in the Clarke group which identified the local and glass relaxations in silane monolayers of substituted alkyl chains as analogous to the local and glassy relaxations in polymeric systems containing phase segregated alkyl chains, and similar to the local and glass modes in poly(ethylene). The remainder of Chapter 4 summarizes my own work to clearly delineate the transition from non-interacting behavior at low density (a partially-filled monolayer) to glassy behavior (with or without the presence of a local mode) as density is increased. In Chapter 5, I determined that this transition is highly robust to sample preparation technique. In Chapter 6, the effect of different inter-molecular interactions (dipole strength) on this transition and the resultant glassy state is discussed. Chapter 7 discusses changes in the local modes and the distribution of local and glass modes in the system as a function of terminal dipole strength. In chapter 8, elastomers are studied and the effect of backbone composition and distance between crosslinks is shown. This elastomer system can serve as a new substrate on which similar experiments as conducted with mono layers can be undertaken.

  8. Is DSM-IV bereavement exclusion for major depressive episode relevant to severity and pattern of symptoms? A case-control, cross-sectional study.

    PubMed

    Corruble, Emmanuelle; Chouinard, Virginie-Anne; Letierce, Alexia; Gorwood, Philip A P M; Chouinard, Guy

    2009-08-01

    To assess the DSM-IV major depressive episode (MDE) bereavement exclusion criterion by comparing severity and pattern of symptoms in bereavement-excluded individuals satisfying all other DSM-IV MDE criteria to these same variables in MDE controls. A case-control, cross-sectional study of self-referred individuals seeking treatment for depressive symptoms was conducted. A total of 17,988 subjects met DSM-IV MDE symptom criteria. Of these, 1,521 individuals (8.5%) met all MDE criteria except the bereavement exclusion. They were matched by age, gender, marital status, and educational level with 1,521 MDE controls. Among the MDE controls, 292 had a recent bereavement and 1,229 did not. Severity of depression was measured by the number of MDE symptoms and the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) score. Symptom cues of the bereavement-exclusion criterion were analyzed. The study was conducted between September 2003 and May 2004. Bereavement-excluded subjects were more severely depressed than MDE controls without bereavement and similar to MDE controls with bereavement. Two symptom cues, suicidal ideation and worthlessness, and the majority of other depressive symptoms were more pronounced in bereavement-excluded individuals than in MDE controls. Symptom cues of the DSM-IV MDE bereavement exclusion criterion should be modified since they could result in patients failing to be correctly diagnosed and treated. ©Copyright 2009 Physicians Postgraduate Press, Inc.

  9. Novel N-substituted aminobenzamide scaffold derivatives targeting the dipeptidyl peptidase-IV enzyme.

    PubMed

    Al-Balas, Qosay A; Sowaileh, Munia F; Hassan, Mohammad A; Qandil, Amjad M; Alzoubi, Karem H; Mhaidat, Nizar M; Almaaytah, Ammar M; Khabour, Omar F

    2014-01-01

    The dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP-IV) enzyme is considered a pivotal target for controlling normal blood sugar levels in the body. Incretins secreted in response to ingestion of meals enhance insulin release to the blood, and DPP-IV inactivates these incretins within a short period and stops their action. Inhibition of this enzyme escalates the action of incretins and induces more insulin to achieve better glucose control in diabetic patients. Thus, inhibition of this enzyme will lead to better control of blood sugar levels. In this study, computer-aided drug design was used to help establish a novel N-substituted aminobenzamide scaffold as a potential inhibitor of DPP-IV. CDOCKER software available from Discovery Studio 3.5 was used to evaluate a series of designed compounds and assess their mode of binding to the active site of the DPP-IV enzyme. The designed compounds were synthesized and tested against a DPP-IV enzyme kit provided by Enzo Life Sciences. The synthesized compounds were characterized using proton and carbon nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, infrared spectroscopy, and determination of melting point. Sixty-nine novel compounds having an N-aminobenzamide scaffold were prepared, with full characterization. Ten of these compounds showed more in vitro activity against DPP-IV than the reference compounds, with the most active compounds scoring 38% activity at 100 μM concentration. The N-aminobenzamide scaffold was shown in this study to be a valid scaffold for inhibiting the DPP-IV enzyme. Continuing work could unravel more active compounds possessing the same scaffold.

  10. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES

    EPA Science Inventory

    This is a chapter for John Wiley & Son's Mechanical Engineers' Handbook, and covers issues involving air pollution control. Various technologies for controlling sulfur oxides is considered including fuel desulfurization. It also considers control of nitrogen oxides including post...

  11. Intraperitoneal ketorolac for post-cholecystectomy pain: a double-blind randomized-controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Murdoch, John; Ramsey, Gillian; Day, Andrew G; McMullen, Michael; Orr, Elizabeth; Phelan, Rachel; Jalink, Diederick

    2016-06-01

    Ketorolac is a parenterally active nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug with localized anti-inflammatory properties. We examine the postoperative analgesic efficacy of locally administered intraperitoneal (IP) ketorolac compared with intravenous (IV) ketorolac during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. With institutional ethics approval, 120 patients undergoing elective laparoscopic cholecystectomy were randomized to receive intraoperative 1) IP ketorolac 30 mg + intravenous saline (IP group), 2) intraperitoneal saline + IV ketorolac 30 mg (IV group), or 3) intraperitoneal saline + intravenous saline (Control group) under standardized anesthesia. The primary and secondary outcomes were postoperative fentanyl requirements in the postanesthesia care unit and the time to first analgesic request, respectively. Other outcomes examined included abdominal pain (at rest and with coughing), shoulder pain, nausea, vomiting, and any other postoperative complications. On average, patients receiving IP ketorolac required less (mean difference, 29 μg; 95% confidence interval [CI], 2 to 56; P = 0.04) fentanyl than patients in the Control group but a similar (mean difference, 16 μg; 95% CI, 12 to 43; P = 0.27) amount compared to patients in the IV group. There was an increase in the median (interquartile range [IQR]) time to first request in the IP group (43[30-52] min) compared with the Control group (35 [27-49]min; P = 0.04) but no difference between the IP group compared with the IV group (47 [40-75] min; P = 0.22). Shoulder pain and resting pain were reduced with IP and IV ketorolac compared with Control, but there was no difference between the IP and IV groups. No differences were observed in any other outcomes, side effects, or complications attributable to opioids or ketorolac at any time points. This study did not demonstrate any advantage for the off-label topical intraperitoneal administration of ketorolac in this surgical population. Intraperitoneal and IV ketorolac showed comparable analgesic efficacy following laparoscopic cholecystectomy.

  12. Efficacy of intravenous fluid warming during goal-directed fluid therapy in patients undergoing laparoscopic colorectal surgery: a randomized controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Choi, Ji-Won; Kim, Duk-Kyung; Lee, Seung-Won; Park, Jung-Bo; Lee, Gyu-Hong

    2016-06-01

    To evaluate the clinical efficacy of intravenous (IV) fluid warming in patients undergoing laparoscopic colorectal surgery. Adult patients undergoing laparoscopic colorectal surgery were randomly assigned to receive either IV fluids at room temperature (control group) or warmed IV fluids (warm fluids group). Each patient received a standardized goal-directed fluid regimen based on stroke volume variances. Oesophageal temperature was measured at 15 min intervals for 2 h after induction of anaesthesia. A total of 52 patients were enrolled in the study. The drop in core temperature in the warm fluids group was significantly less than in the control group 2 h after the induction of anaesthesia. This significant difference was seen from 30 min after induction. IV fluid warming was associated with a smaller drop in core temperature than room temperature IV fluids in laparoscopic colorectal surgery incorporating goal-directed fluid therapy. © The Author(s) 2016.

  13. 1990 Activity report for 1986-1992

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cantwell, K.

    1996-01-01

    As discussed in last year`s Activity Report, a fairly complete analysis of SPEAR problems was performed in concert with SLAC, and a major maintenance/improvement process was initiated in the spring of 1989. This run made it apparent that SPEAR will remain a very useful and impressive synchrotron radiation storage ring for at least a decade, given a steady maintenance and improvement program. More details about SPEAR functioning during the run, as well as SPEAR improvements, are contained in Chapter I. The formal SPEAR injector construction project was completed in November, 1990, on-time and on-budget. Although DOE was not able tomore » provide anticipated FY90 commissioning funds, preliminary commissioning was performed and 2.3 GeV injection to SPEAR was demonstrated. A discussion of the Injector project is contained in Chapter II. Commissioning of the injector and the injector/SPEAR complex is continuing in 1991 with Users participating during the May-September period. This user participation allowed normal experimentation, so that systems could be tested critically, but with the commissioning process having higher priority than data acquisition. Another major event in 1990 was the full dedication of SPEAR to the synchrotron radiation program. Previously SPEAR was considered a high energy physics machine that was partially dedicated to synchrotron radiation. The full dedication means that the accelerator can be modified and improved for synchrotron radiation research. Despite the heavy emphasis on completing the Injector, many beam line improvements were achieved, as described in Chapter IV. Among these was the optimization of stations 6-2 and 10-2, the provision of a considerably larger hutch for Station 1-5, which contains the area detector diffractometer, and the introduction of white light capability on 10-2. The provision of good beam during the month of April made an appreciable amount of experimentation possible. These and other runs are described in Chapter VI.« less

  14. Geology, Geochemistry and Geophysics of Sedimentary Rock-Hosted Au Deposits in P.R. China

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Peters, Stephen G.

    2002-01-01

    This is the second report concerning results of a joint project between the U.S. Geological Survey and the Tianjin Geological Academy to study sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in P.R. China. Since the 1980s, Chinese geologists have devoted a large-scale exploration and research effort to the deposits. As a result, there are more than 20 million oz of proven Au reserves in sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in P.R. China. Additional estimated and inferred resources are present in over 160 deposits and occurrences, which are undergoing exploration. This makes China second to Nevada in contained ounces of Au in Carlin-type deposits. It is likely that many of the Carlin-type Au ore districts in China, when fully developed, could have resource potential comparable to the multi-1,000-tonne Au resource in northern Nevada. The six chapters of this report describe sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits that were visited during the project. Chapters 1 and 2 provide an overview of sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits and Carlin-type Au deposits and also provide a working classification for the sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits. Chapters 3, 4, and 5 provide descriptions that were compiled from the literature in China in three main areas: the Dian-Qian-Gui, the Qinling fold belt, and Middle-Lower Yangtze River areas. Chapter 6 contains a weights-of-evidence (WofE), GIS-based mineral assessment of sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in the Qinling fold belt and Dian-Qian-Gui areas. Appendices contain scanned aeromagnetic (Appendix I) and gravity (Appendix II) geophysical maps of south and central China. Data tables of the deposits (Appendix III) also are available in the first report as an interactive database at http://geopubs.wr.usgs.gov/open-file/of98-466/. Geochemical analysis of ore samples from the deposits visited are contained in Appendix IV.

  15. Chapter Nine of the Federal Bankruptcy Act: A Fiscal Alternative for School Districts.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wood, R. Craig

    1985-01-01

    Examines and addresses the major issues involved in school districts voluntarily filing for protection under the control and supervision of Chapter 9 of the Federal Bankruptcy Act. Discusses legal and managerial alternatives and examines the most recent Supreme Court ruling regarding the rejection of collective bargaining contracts under the act.…

  16. Large-scale diversity patterns in spore communities of Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi [Chapter 2

    Treesearch

    Javier Alvarez-Sanchez; Nancy C. Johnson; Anita Antoninka; V. Bala Chaudhary; Matthew K. Lau; Suzanne M. Owen; Patricia Gauadarrama; Silvia Castillo

    2010-01-01

    Surprising little is known about the factors controlling Arbuscular Mycorrhizal (AM) fungal diversity and distribution patterns. A better understanding of these factors is necessary before mycorrhizas can be effectively managed for their benefits in ecosystem restoration and agriculture. The goal of this chapter is to examine the relationships between AM fungal...

  17. 31 CFR 542.102 - Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 31 Money and Finance:Treasury 3 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter. 542.102 Section 542.102 Money and Finance: Treasury Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued) OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SYRIAN SANCTIONS...

  18. 31 CFR 542.102 - Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 31 Money and Finance:Treasury 3 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter. 542.102 Section 542.102 Money and Finance: Treasury Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued) OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SYRIAN SANCTIONS...

  19. 31 CFR 542.102 - Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 31 Money and Finance: Treasury 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter. 542.102 Section 542.102 Money and Finance: Treasury Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued) OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SYRIAN SANCTIONS...

  20. 31 CFR 542.102 - Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 31 Money and Finance:Treasury 3 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Relation of this part to part 596 of this chapter. 542.102 Section 542.102 Money and Finance: Treasury Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued) OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SYRIAN SANCTIONS...

  1. 40 CFR 281.39 - Lender liability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... management of the UST or UST system as defined under § 280.210 of this chapter, and who does not engage in petroleum production, refining, and marketing as defined under § 280.200(b) of this chapter is not: (A) An..., provided the holder is not in control of or does not have responsibility for the daily operation of the UST...

  2. The Technique of the Sound Studio: Radio, Record Production, Television, and Film. Revised Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nisbett, Alec

    Detailed explanations of the studio techniques used in radio, record, television, and film sound production are presented in as non-technical language as possible. An introductory chapter discusses the physics and physiology of sound. Subsequent chapters detail standards for sound control in the studio; explain the planning and routine of a sound…

  3. 40 CFR 52.1370 - Identification of plan.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... Control Program, including all regulations found in Chapter VIII, Sub-Chapters 1-6, effective May 20, 1994... following phrase from section 3(B)(2) of exhibit A: “except that those sour water stripper overheads may be... during periods when the FCC CO boiler is unable to burn the sour water stripper overheads from the “old...

  4. Civil Aviation and Facilities. Aerospace Education II.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Orser, N. A.; Glascoff, W. G., III

    This book, which is to be used only in the Air Force ROTC training program, deals with the kinds of civil aviation facilities and the intricacies and procedures of the use of flying. The first chapter traces the development of civil aviation and the formation of organizations to control aviation systems. The second chapter describes varieties of…

  5. Geochemical and mineralogical methods of prospecting for mineral deposits

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Fersman, A. Ye; Borovik, S. A.; Gorshkov, G.V.; Popov, S.D.; Sosedko, A.F.; Hartsock, Lydia; Pierce, A.P.

    1952-01-01

    Fersman's book "Geochemical and mineralogical methods of prospecting for mineral deposits" (Geokhimicheskiye i mineralogicheskiye metody poiskov poleznykh iskopayemykh) covers all petrographic, mineralogical, and geochemical techniques that are used either directly or indirectly in mineral exploration. Chapter IV is of particular interest because it describes certain geochemical methods and principles that have not been widely applied outside of the Soviet Union. The original contained a number of photographs that have been omitted; the titles of the photographs are given in the body of the text. Wherever possible, bibliographic references have been checked, and the full titles given. References given in footnotes in the original have been collected and added at the end of each section as a bibliography.

  6. The San Franciscan volcanic field, Arizona

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Robinson, Henry Hollister

    1913-01-01

    LOCATION OF AREAThe San Franciscan volcanic field, which takes its name from San Francisco Mountain, the largest volcano of the group, covers about 3,000 square miles in the north-central part of Arizona, as shown by the shaded space on the index map forming figure 1. The center of the field lies about 50 miles south of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado and the southern boundary is in part coterminous with that of the San Francisco Plateau, which forms the southwestern division of the great Colorado Plateau.The region is easily reached, for the main line of the Atchison, Topeka, & Santa Fe Railway traverses it from east to west for more than 60 miles. Flagstaff, a town of 1,500 inhabitants 10 miles south of the summit of San Francisco Mountain, is on the railroad, amid a branch line runs from Williams, 34 miles farther west, to the Grand Canyon. All the more important points of interest in the field may be reached without difficulty by wagon, and outfits may be obtained at Flagstaff.OUTLINE OF THE REPORTThis report deals primarily with the volcanic phenomena of the region as determined in the field and laboratory. Chapter I contains a brief description of the geography of the field and Chapter II is devoted largely to the sedimentary formations and structure. The rest of the report Chapters III to VI—treats entirely of the various features of the volcanoes and igneous rocks, both individually and collectively. Detailed descriptions of the volcanoes and lava fields are given in Chapter III; the volcanic history of the region and its correlation with the general history of the surrounding country are presented in Chapter IV. These two chapters will presumably suffice for the general reader who may desire to become acquainted with the broader volcanic features of the region. Chapter V (Petrography) is devoted entirely to the detailed description of the individual igneous rocks of the region, as represented by a selected set of type specimens. In Chapter VI (Petrology) is presented a discussion of the igneous rocks considered collectively—that is, as a series of genetically related members. These last two chapters will be more especially interesting to petrologists, although there is considerable matter in the last chapter which may also be of interest to the general reader.EXTENT OF FIELD WORKThe field work on which the report is based was carried on during the summers of 1901 to 1903, a portion of the time, however, being occupied by side trips to the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, the Verde Valley, and the Moqui Buttes. It was the original intention to study only San Francisco Mountain, but scattered observations made during the first summer at other localities, especially at Elden Mountain and Kendrick Peak, seemed to indicate that the region would repay wider study. The work was accordingly extended so as to embrace all the large cones that lie in the vicinity of San Francisco Mountain and some 2,000 square miles of the surrounding plateau country. The more detailed work was confined to the large cones and the laccoliths, as they presented the greatest variety of phenomena within the smallest space. Reconnaissance work was carried on in the surrounding country more especially for the purpose of determining the limits of the widespread basalt flows, their relation to the underlying sedimentary formations, and the character of those formations.

  7. Wind Tunnel Model and Test to Evaluate the Effectiveness of a Passive Gust Alleviation Device for a Flying Wing Aircraft

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-10-04

    model of 1.24 m with the PGAD and control surface 3 1.2. Design and manufacture of the gust generator (frame, blades , actuation and control system...Chapter 3, a gust generator with two rotating blades was designed and manufactured to induce a transverse turbulence for wind tunnel test. A CFD...velocity at 8C (eight times of blade chord length) achieved 1.3%. In Chapter 4, the wind tunnel test of the scaled wing model is presented, including the

  8. Galerkin Method for Nonlinear Dynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Noack, Bernd R.; Schlegel, Michael; Morzynski, Marek; Tadmor, Gilead

    A Galerkin method is presented for control-oriented reduced-order models (ROM). This method generalizes linear approaches elaborated by M. Morzyński et al. for the nonlinear Navier-Stokes equation. These ROM are used as plants for control design in the chapters by G. Tadmor et al., S. Siegel, and R. King in this volume. Focus is placed on empirical ROM which compress flow data in the proper orthogonal decomposition (POD). The chapter shall provide a complete description for construction of straight-forward ROM as well as the physical understanding and teste

  9. An investigation of the use of cerium and polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes for the protection of polymeric epoxy compounds in the low Earth orbit environment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Piness, Jessica Miriam

    Low Earth orbit presents many hazards for composites including atomic oxygen, UV radiation, thermal cycling, micrometeoroids, and high energy protons. Atomic oxygen and vacuum ultraviolet radiation are of concern for space-bound polymeric materials as they degrade the polymers used as matrices for carbon fiber composites, which are used in satellites and space vehicles due to their high strength to weight ratios. Epoxy-amine thermosets comprise a common class of matrix due to processability and good thermal attributes. Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes (POSS) have shown the ability to reduce erosion in polyimides, polyurethanes, and other polymers when exposed to atomic oxygen. The POSS particle is composed of a SiO1.5 cage from which up to eight organic pendant groups are attached at the silicon corners of the cage. POSS reduced atomic oxygen impact on polymers by a process known as glassification wherein the organic pendants are removed from the cage upon atomic oxygen exposure and then the cage rearranges to a passive silica network. In addition, POSS shows good UV absorbance in the UVb and UVc ranges and POSS can aid dispersion of titanium dioxide in a nanocomposite. In this work, Chapter I focuses on hazards in low Earth orbit, strategies for protecting organic material in orbit, and the capabilities of POSS. Chapter II details the experimental practices used in this work. Chapter III focuses on work to induce POSS phase separation and layering at the surface of an epoxy-amine thermoset. Generally, POSS is dispersed throughout a nanocomposite, and in the process of erosion by atomic oxygen, some polymer mass loss is lost before enough POSS is exposed to begin glassification. Locating POSS at a surface of composite could possibly reduce this mass loss and the objective of this research was to investigate the formation of POSS-rich surfaces. Three POSS derivatives with different pendant groups were chosen. The POSS derivatives had a range of miscibilities with the epoxy-amine matrix. A sedimented layer of the most incompatible POSS moiety was observed at the bottom of bars at the highest loading level of 5 wt% POSS. It was concluded that POSS could form a sedimented layer in this epoxy during cure. Epoxy amine materials containing POSS derivatives were tested by exposure to atomic oxygen at NASA Glenn Research Center with each POSS derivative present in separate samples at 2.5 wt% loading levels. Mass loss did not decrease against an unfilled control and glassification was not observed, leading to the conclusion that POSS could not be effectively concentrated at a surface to reduce degradation given the methods used. Taking this into account, the study transitioned into seeking ways to integrate highly UV absorbent cerium compounds with POSS. This part of the study is reported in Chapter IV. It was anticipated that POSS with a polar pendant group would interact through intermolecular forces with cerium (IV) oxide and produce a suspension that could be cured at the surface of polymers. However, in every experiment, the cerium (IV) oxide was not dispersed. However, a homogeneous dispersion of a cerium-containing compound was achieved by combining trisilanol phenyl POSS with cerium (III) nitrate hexahydrate. NMR and mass spectrometry showed that the mixture of Cerium nitrate and trisilanol phenyl POSS did not result in the formation of a chemical compound but FTIR studies indicated the presence of hydrogen bonding between the POSS silanols and cerium-associated water. The resulting material was termed "CePOSS". CePOSS was more UV absorbent in the UVc region than POSS or other cerium compounds as measured by solution UV-vis spectroscopy. In addition, CePOSS could be mixed into a POSS-epoxy coating, after pre-blending with poly(ethylene glycol) POSS, to produce films that were essentially opaque in the UV region below a wavelength of about 300 nm, and transparent in the visible region above 300 nm. The discovery of a 'window of transparency' in the visible region is significant in view of the fact that the epoxy-amine polymers, sans the POSS and cerium additives, were opaque across the entire UV/ visible range. The investigation of the UV transmittance and glassification response of these CePOSS-POSS-epoxy films is described in Chapter V. UV transmittance of the POSS-epoxy coating was predicted to decrease below 275 nm with the presence of CePOSS given the solution UV-vis spectroscopy results. However, there was no difference seen in transmittance between coatings with and without CePOSS below 275 nm. The transparent region above 300 nm was seen in all samples with any type of POSS. In addition, UV/ozone exposure was completed on epoxy, POSS-epoxy, and CePOSS-POSS-epoxy coatings to examine the effect of cerium on POSS glassification. Oxidation was achieved even in the presence of CePOSS as verified by x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy, and contact angle. Finally, UV transmittance was done on pre and post exposed materials.

  10. KISS--a new approach to self-controlled e-learning of selected chapters in Medical Engineering and other fields at bachelor and master course level.

    PubMed

    Hutten, Helmut; Stiegmaier, Wolfgang; Rauchegger, Günter

    2005-09-01

    Modern life style requires new methods for individual lifelong learning, based on access at every time and from every place. This fundamental requirement is provided by the Internet. The Internet technology promises an increasing potential in the future for e-learning or tele-learning. Some special requirements are password-controlled access, applicability of most commercially available PCs and laptops equipped with standard software (Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0), central evaluation of the students' performance, inclusion of an examination part, provision of a picture gallery and a comprehensive glossary accessible in the learning mode. The KISS-shell has been developed based on the Oracle 10g application server in combination with a relational data base (Oracle 8i) on the server side and a web browser based interface using JavaScript for user control of data input on the client side (Kontrolliertes Intelligentes Selbstgesteuertes Studium, KISS). The first tutorial application has been realized with a chapter about cardiac pacemakers. The weight of that chapter (or module) is about 2 ECTS (i.e. the equivalent of 30 working hours; European Credit Transfer System, ECTS). The internal structure of the chapter is organized in sequential mode. It consists of five main sections. Each of those five sections is subdivided into five subsections of comparable length. Progression from one subsection to the next is possible only after successfully passing through the respective examination. The whole learning programme with the pacemaker chapter has been evaluated by 10 students. The system will be presented together with first experiences including the evaluation results. Until now the program has not been used for training purposes.

  11. Materials for Spacecraft. Chapter 6

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Finckenor, Miria M.

    2016-01-01

    The general knowledge in this chapter is intended for a broad variety of spacecraft: manned or unmanned, low Earth to geosynchronous orbit, cis-lunar, lunar, planetary, or deep space exploration. Materials for launch vehicles are covered in chapter 7. Materials used in the fabrication of spacecraft hardware should be selected by considering the operational requirements for the particular application and the design engineering properties of the candidate materials. The information provided in this chapter is not intended to replace an in-depth materials study but rather to make the spacecraft designer aware of the challenges for various types of materials and some lessons learned from more than 50 years of spaceflight. This chapter discusses the damaging effects of the space environment on various materials and what has been successfully used in the past or what may be used for a more robust design. The material categories covered are structural, thermal control for on-orbit and re-entry, shielding against radiation and meteoroid/space debris impact, optics, solar arrays, lubricants, seals, and adhesives. Spacecraft components not directly exposed to space must still meet certain requirements, particularly for manned spacecraft where toxicity and flammability are concerns. Requirements such as fracture control and contamination control are examined, with additional suggestions for manufacturability. It is important to remember that the actual hardware must be tested to understand the real, "as-built" performance, as it could vary from the design intent. Early material trades can overestimate benefits and underestimate costs. An example of this was using graphite/epoxy composite in the International Space Station science racks to save weight. By the time the requirements for vibration isolation, Space Shuttle frequencies, and experiment operations were included, the weight savings had evaporated.

  12. Adaptive control of periodic systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tian, Zhiling

    2009-12-01

    Adaptive control is needed to cope with parametric uncertainty in dynamical systems. The adaptive control of LTI systems in both discrete and continuous time has been studied for four decades and the results are currently used widely in many different fields. In recent years, interest has shifted to the adaptive control of time-varying systems. It is known that the adaptive control of arbitrarily rapidly time-varying systems is in general intractable, but systems with periodically time-varying parameters (LTP systems) which have much more structure, are amenable to mathematical analysis. Further, there is also a need for such control in practical problems which have arisen in industry during the past twenty years. This thesis is the first attempt to deal with the adaptive control of LTP systems. Adaptive Control involves estimation of unknown parameters, adjusting the control parameters based on the estimates, and demonstrating that the overall system is stable. System theoretic properties such as stability, controllability, and observability play an important role both in formulating of the problems, as well as in generating solutions for them. For LTI systems, these properties have been studied since 1960s, and algebraic conditions that have to be satisfied to assure these properties are now well established. In the case of LTP systems, these properties can be expressed only in terms of transition matrices that are much more involved than those for LTI systems. Since adaptive control problems can be formulated only when these properties are well understood, it is not surprising that systematic efforts have not been made thus far for formulating and solving adaptive control problems that arise in LTP systems. Even in the case of LTI systems, it is well recognized that problems related to adaptive discrete-time system are not as difficult as those that arise in the continuous-time systems. This is amply evident in the solutions that were derived in the 1980s and 1990s for all the important problems. These differences are even more amplified in the LTP case; some problems in continuous time cannot even be formulated precisely. This thesis consequently focuses primarily on the adaptive identification and control of discrete-time systems, and derives most of the results that currently exist in the literature for LTI systems. Based on these investigations of discrete-time adaptive systems, attempts are made in the thesis to examine their continuous-time counterparts, and discuss the principal difficulties encountered. The dissertation examines critically the system theoretic properties of LTP systems in Chapter 2, and the mathematical framework provided for their analysis by Floquet theory in Chapter 3. Assuming that adaptive identification and control problems can be formulated precisely, a unified method of developing stable adaptive laws using error models is treated in Chapter 4. Chapter 5 presents a detailed study of the adaptation in SISO discrete-time LTP systems, and represents the core of the thesis. The important problems of identification, stabilization, regulation, and tracking of arbitrary signals are investigated, and practically implementable stable adaptive laws are derived. The dissertation concludes with a discussion of continuous-time adaptive control in Chapter 6 and discrete multivariable systems in Chapter 7. Directions for future research are indicated towards the end of the dissertation.

  13. 75 FR 42444 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisition of Shares of Bank or Bank Holding Companies

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-07-21

    ... Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that...; WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P.; WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P.; Invesco North America Holdings, Inc.; Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC; WLR Recovery Associates IV LLC; WL Ross Group L.P.; and EL Vedado LLC, all of...

  14. The efficacy of combined intra-articular and intravenous tranexamic acid for blood loss in primary total knee arthroplasty: A meta-analysis.

    PubMed

    Wang, Zhao; Shen, Xiaofei

    2017-10-01

    This meta-analysis aimed to illustrate the efficacy and safety of combined topical and intravenous (IV) tranexamic acid (TXA) for blood loss control in primary total knee arthroplasty (TKA) patients. In April 2017, a systematic computer-based search was conducted in PubMed, EMBASE, Web of Science, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, and Google database. Data on patients prepared for TKA surgery in studies that compared combined topical and IV TXA versus placebo, topical, or IV TXA alone were retrieved. The primary endpoint was the need for transfusion, total blood loss, hemoglobin drop, and the occurrence of deep venous thrombosis (DVT), pulmonary embolism (PE), and the infection. After testing for publication bias and heterogeneity between studies, data were aggregated for random-effects models when necessary. Seven clinical studies were ultimately included in the meta-analysis. Compared with IV TXA and control group, combined TXA was associated with less need for transfusion, blood loss, and hemoglobin drop (P < .05). There was no significant difference between the combined TXA and topical TXA in terms of the need for transfusion, total blood loss, and hemoglobin drop (P > .05). There was no significant difference between the complications (DVT, PE, and infection) between the combined TXA, IV TXA, topical TXA, and control group. Current meta-analysis suggests that the combined IV and topical TXA was superior than IV TXA or control group. There is still need for more studies to identify whether combined TXA was superior than topical TXA alone.

  15. Manual on Bibliographic Control.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    International Federation of Library Associations, The Hague (Netherlands).

    This manual outlines objectives, functions, and methods for establishing national bibliographic control as part of the development of a worldwide system for the control and exchange of bibliographic information. Chapters cover: (1) definitions of bibliographic control and related concepts including Universal Bibliographic Control (UBC) and…

  16. Traffic control systems handbook.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2005-10-01

    The Traffic Control Systems Handbook updates the 1996 edition (FHWA-SA-96-032). It serves as a basic reference in planning, designing and implementing traffic control systems. : Specific chapters include introduction, summary of available and emergin...

  17. Traffic control systems handbook

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2005-10-01

    The 2005 edition of "Traffic Control Systems Handbook" updates the 1996 edition (FHWA-SA-96-032). It serves as a basic reference in planning, designing and implementing traffic control systems. Specific chapters include introduction, summary of avail...

  18. THE FORMATION OF PB (IV) OXIDES IN CHLORINATED WATER

    EPA Science Inventory

    The foundation for lead control in drinking water distribution systems is based on Pb(II) chemistry. In recent years, however, Pb(IV) oxides have been identified in distribution systems, suggesting that they may be important relative to predicting and controlling lead concentrat...

  19. Copper Diffusion in Silicate Melts and Melt Inclusion Study on Volatiles in The Lunar Interior

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ni, Peng

    This thesis focuses on the application of diffusion kinetics to both terrestrial and lunar geochemistry. In Chapters II and III, diffusivities of Cu in silicate melts were experimentally determined and used to discuss the role of Cu diffusion in formation of Cu ore deposits and also Cu isotope fractionation in tektites. In Chapters IV and V, lunar olivine-hosted melt inclusions are studied to understand their volatile loss during homogenization in lab, to estimate cooling rate for lunar Apollo sample 74220, and to estimate volatile abundance in the lunar mantle. Magmatic sulfide deposits and porphyry-type Cu deposits are two major types of Cu deposits that supply the world's Cu. In particular, porphyry-type Cu deposits provide ˜57% of the world's total discovered Cu. Recent studies suggest a potential role of diffusive transport of metals (e.g. Cu, Au, PGE, Mo) in the formation of magmatic sulfide deposits and porphyry-type deposits. Diffusivities of Cu in silicate melts, however, are poorly determined. In Chapters II and III of this thesis, Cu diffusion in basaltic melt and rhyolitic melts are studied by diffusion couple and chalcocite "dissolution" methods. Our results indicate high diffusivities of Cu and a general equation for Cu diffusion in silicate melts is obtained. The high diffusivity of Cu indicate that partition of Cu between the silicate phase and the sulfide or fluid phase can be assumed to be in equilibrium during the formation of magmatic sulfide deposits or porphyry-type deposits. In addition, our Cu diffusion data helps explain why Cu isotopes are more fractionated than Zn isotopes in tektites. Volatile abundances in the lunar mantle have profound implications for the origin of the Moon, which was thought to be bone-dry till about a decade ago, when trace amounts of H2O were detected in various types of lunar samples. In particular, high H2O concentrations comparable to mid-ocean ridge basalts were reported in lunar melt inclusions. There are still uncertainties, however, for lunar melt inclusion studies in at least two aspects. One is whether the low H2O/Ce ratios measured in homogenized crystalline inclusions are affected by the homogenization process. The other is that current estimation of volatile abundances in lunar mantle relies heavily on 74220, which is argued to be a local anomaly by some authors. In order to reach a conclusive answer on volatile abundances in lunar mantle, the above two questions have to be answered. To improve our understanding about these questions, in Chapter IV of this thesis, a series of experiments are carried out to understand possible volatile loss from lunar melt inclusions during homogenization. Our results indicate significant H2O loss from inclusions during homogenization in minutes, whereas loss of F, Cl or S is unlikely a concern under our experimental conditions. The most applicable way to preserve H2O during homogenization is to use large inclusions. In Chapter V of this thesis, volatile, trace and major element data for melt inclusions from 10020, 12040, 15016, 15647 and 74235 are reported. Our new data indicate large variation in H2O/Ce ratios from ˜77 to ˜1 across different lunar samples, which is at least partially due to H2O loss on lunar surface during cooling. In addition, evidences were found in F/Nd and S/Dy ratios that might suggest lunar mantle heterogeneity in terms of its volatile abundances.

  20. [Influence of cow's milk protein allergy on the diagnosis of functional gastrointestinal diseases based on the Rome IV standard in infants and young children].

    PubMed

    Feng, Bo-Wen; Fu, Si-Mao; Zhang, Quan-Shan; Long, Xiao-Ling; Xie, Xiao-Ling; Ren, Wei; Liang, Zhan-Tu; Yang, Zhu-Ling; Chen, Ang

    2018-01-01

    To study the influence of cow's milk protein allergy (CMPA) on the diagnosis of functional gastrointestinal diseases (FGID) based on the Rome IV standard in infants and young children. A total of 84 children aged 1 month to 3 years who were diagnosed with CMPA were enrolled as the case group, and 84 infants and young children who underwent physical examination and had no CMPA were enrolled as the control group. The pediatricians specializing in gastroenterology asked parents using a questionnaire for the diagnosis of FGID based on the Rome IV standard to assess clinical symptoms and to diagnose FGID. The case group had a significantly higher incidence rate of a family history of allergies than the control group (P<0.05). In the case group, 38 (45%) met the Rome IV standard for the diagnosis of FGID, while in the control group, 13 (15%) met this standard (P<0.05). According to the Rome IV standard for FGID, the case group had significantly higher diagnostic rates of reflex, functional diarrhea, difficult defecation, and functional constipation than the control group (P<0.05). The children who were diagnosed with FIGD in the control group were given conventional treatment, and those in the case group were asked to avoid the intake of cow's milk protein in addition to the conventional treatment. After 3 months of treatment, the case group had a significantly higher response rate to the treatment than the control group (P<0.05). In infants and young children, CMPA has great influence on the diagnosis of FGID based on the Rome IV standard. The possibility of CMPA should be considered during the diagnosis of FGID.

  1. Effect of intravenous parecoxib on post-craniotomy pain.

    PubMed

    Williams, D L; Pemberton, E; Leslie, K

    2011-09-01

    Pain management in craniotomy patients is challenging, with mild-to-moderate pain intensity, moderate-to-high risk of postoperative nausea and vomiting (PONV), and potentially catastrophic consequences of analgesic-related side-effects. The aim of this study was to determine whether i.v. parecoxib administered at dural closure during craniotomy decreased total morphine consumption and morphine-related side-effects compared with placebo. One hundred adult patients presenting for supratentorial craniotomy under propofol/remifentanil anaesthesia were randomized to receive parecoxib, 40 mg i.v., or placebo in a double-blind manner. All patients received local anaesthetic scalp infiltration, regular i.v. paracetamol, nurse-administered morphine in the post-anaesthesia care unit (PACU) until verbal analogue pain scores were ≤4/10 and patient-controlled morphine thereafter. Morphine consumption, pain intensity, and analgesia-related side-effects were recorded during the first 24 h after operation. Ninety-six patients (49 control and 47 parecoxib) were included in the analyses. Fifty-nine (61%) patients received morphine in the PACU and only one patient (control) did not receive any morphine in the postoperative period. There were no significant differences between the two groups in morphine consumption [20 (range: 0-102) vs 16 (range: 1-92) mg; P=0.38], pain intensity [excellent/very good pain relief in 78% of parecoxib patients; 74% of control patients (P=0.72)] or analgesia-related side-effects (PONV in 51% of parecoxib patients; 56% of control patients; P=0.55) in the first 24 h after operation. No major morbidity was recorded. Our study demonstrated no clinical benefit to adding i.v. parecoxib to local anaesthetic scalp infiltration, i.v. paracetamol, and patient-controlled i.v. morphine after supratentorial craniotomy.

  2. Intra-articular versus intravenous tranexamic acid application in total knee arthroplasty: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials.

    PubMed

    Mi, Bobin; Liu, Guohui; Zhou, Wu; Lv, Huijuan; Liu, Yi; Zha, Kun; Wu, Qipeng; Liu, Jing

    2017-07-01

    The purpose of this meta-analysis was to compare the blood loss and complications of intra-articular (IA) with intravenous (IV) tranexamic acid (TXA) for total knee arthroplasty (TKA). A comprehensive search of studies was conducted to identify related articles in Pubmed, Embase, Cochrane central Register of Controlled Trials, springerLink, OVID and the Research published from January 1980 to September 2016. All studies that compared IA TXA with IV TXA application on TKA were included. Main outcomes of the two methods were collected and analyzed by using Review Manager 5.3. There were 16 randomized controlled trials with 1308 cases met the criteria. Compared with IV TXA, IA TXA had similar blood volume of drainage, hidden blood loss, transfusion rate and complications (P > 0.05). IA TXA had lower total blood loss than IV TXA, and there was significant difference (P < 0.05). Subgroup analysis of total blood loss based on times of IV TXA administration showed that repeat dose of IV TXA had a higher total blood loss and postoperative hemoglobin drop (P < 0.05) than IA TXA. However, single dose of IV TXA had a similar efficacy on total blood loss and postoperative hemoglobin drop (P > 0.05) when compared with IA TXA. Both IA TXA and single dose of IV TXA are effective in reducing total blood loss and postoperative hemoglobin drop without increasing complications of DVT or PE. The current meta-analysis suggests that 1.5 g TXA by IA administration or 1 g TXA by IV administration 10 min before tourniquet deflation is effective and safe in patients undergoing TKA.

  3. Theoretical analysis of sheet metal formability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Xinhai

    Sheet metal forming processes are among the most important metal-working operations. These processes account for a sizable proportion of manufactured goods made in industrialized countries each year. Furthermore, to reduce the cost and increase the performance of manufactured products, in addition to the environmental concern, more and more light weight and high strength materials have been used as a substitute to the conventional steel. These materials usually have limited formability, thus, a thorough understanding of the deformation processes and the factors limiting the forming of sound parts is important, not only from a scientific or engineering viewpoint, but also from an economic point of view. An extensive review of previous studies pertaining to theoretical analyses of Forming Limit Diagrams (FLDs) is contained in Chapter I. A numerical model to analyze the neck evolution process is outlined in Chapter II. With the use of strain gradient theory, the effect of initial defect profile on the necking process is analyzed. In the third chapter, the method proposed by Storen and Rice is adopted to analyze the initiation of localized neck and predict the corresponding FLDs. In view of the fact that the width of the localized neck is narrow, the deformation inside the neck region is constrained by the material in the neighboring homogeneous region. The relative rotation effect may then be assumed to be small and is thus neglected. In Chapter IV, Hill's 1948 yield criterion and strain gradient theory are employed to obtain FLDs, for planar anisotropic sheet materials by using bifurcation analysis. The effects of the strain gradient coefficient c and the material anisotropic parameters R's on the orientation of the neck and FLDs are analyzed in a systematic manner and compared with experiments. In Chapter V, Hill's 79 non-quadratic yield criterion with a deformation theory of plasticity is used along with bifurcation analyses to derive a general analytical expression for calculating FLDs. In the final chapter, a method is proposed to construct forming limit diagrams for sheet metals under different deformation histories. This analysis employs Hill's 79 anisotropic yield function and uses strain gradient theory to describe the constitutive equation for the flow stress. In order to utilize an analytical method developed earlier for proportional loading, the concept of "virtual deformation" is introduced. The actual deformation path is divided into a sequence of linear paths and an effective "virtual deformation" path is defined having a strain ratio identical to that of the linear part in the final deformation stage, and a plastic work identical to that of the prior actual deformation it is replacing. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  4. Participant-Driven Managed Supports: Breaking New Ground. A Handbook on Applying Managed Care Strategies to Developmental Disabilities Services.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Melda, Kerri, Ed.

    This guide discusses participant-driven managed support in which people with disabilities and their families steer their own futures by having more control over the money used to provide long-term supports. After an introductory chapter, chapter 2, "What Is Managed Care," describes managed care, traditional managed care players, and the 10 tools…

  5. Chapter 7: Selecting tree species for reforestation of Appalachian mined lands

    Treesearch

    V. Davis; J.A. Burger; R. Rathfon; C.E. Zipper

    2017-01-01

    The Forestry Reclamation Approach (FRA) is a method for reclaiming coal-mined land to forested postmining land uses under the federal Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA) (Chapter 2, this volume). Step 4 of the FRA is to plant native trees for commercial timber value, wildlife habitat, soil stability, watershed protection, and other environmental...

  6. 31 CFR 501.807 - Procedures governing removal of names from appendices A, B, and C to this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 31 Money and Finance: Treasury 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Procedures governing removal of names from appendices A, B, and C to this chapter. 501.807 Section 501.807 Money and Finance: Treasury Regulations Relating to Money and Finance (Continued) OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL, DEPARTMENT OF THE...

  7. Regional Evaluation and Research Center for Head Start. Southern University, Annual Report, November 28, 1969. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Southern Univ. and Agricultural and Mechanical Coll., Baton Rouge, LA.

    This final report of the third year of the Southern University-Tulane University Regional Head Start Evaluation and Research Center is a statement of activities engaged in since September 1968. Chapter I includes an introduction and description of the centers; Chapter II, evaluation guidelines, test battery, quality control, evaluation design and…

  8. THE FORMATION OF PB(IV) OXIDES IN CHLORINATED WATER

    EPA Science Inventory

    Recent research has shown that Pb(IV) oxides can play an important geochemical role in drinking water distribution systems. The basis of most guidance for lead control in drinking water, however, presumes that Pb(II) solids control lead solubility. Therefore, it is important that...

  9. Photoactivation of Diiodido-Pt(IV) Complexes Coupled to Upconverting Nanoparticles.

    PubMed

    Perfahl, Stefanie; Natile, Marta M; Mohamad, Heba S; Helm, Christiane A; Schulzke, Carola; Natile, Giovanni; Bednarski, Patrick J

    2016-07-05

    The preparation, characterization, and surface modification of upconverting lanthanide-doped hexagonal NaGdF4 nanocrystals attached to light sensitive diiodido-Pt(IV) complexes is presented. The evaluation for photoactivation and cytotoxicity of the novel carboxylated diiodido-Pt(IV) cytotoxic prodrugs by near-infrared (NIR) light (λ = 980 nm) is also reported. We attempted two different strategies for attachment of light-sensitive diiodido-Pt(IV) complexes to Yb,Er- and Yb,Tm-doped β-NaGdF4 upconverting nanoparticles (UCNPs) in order to provide nanohybrids, which offer unique opportunities for selective drug activation within the tumor cells and subsequent spatiotemporal controlled drug release by NIR-to-visible light-upconversion: (A) covalent attachment of the Pt(IV) complex via amide bond formation and (B) carboxylate exchange of oleate on the surface of the UCNPs with diiodido-Pt(IV) carboxylato complexes. Initial feasibility studies showed that NIR applied by a 980 nm laser had only a slight effect on the stability of the various diiodido-Pt(IV) complexes, but when UCNPs were present more rapid loss of the ligand-metal-charge transfer (LMCT) bands of the diiodido-Pt(IV) complexes was observed. Furthermore, Pt released from the Pt(IV) complexes platinated calf-thymus DNA (ct-DNA) more rapidly when NIR was applied compared to dark controls. Of the two attachment strategies, method A with the covalently attached diiodido-Pt(IV) carboxylates via amide bond formation proved to be the most effective method for generating UCNPs that release Pt when irradiated with NIR; the released Pt was also able to bind irreversibly to calf thymus DNA. Nonetheless, only ca. 20% of the Pt on the surface of the UCNPs was in the Pt(IV) oxidation state, the rest was Pt(II), indicating chemical reduction of the diiodido-Pt(IV) prodrug by the UCNPs. Cytotoxicity studies with the various UCNP-Pt conjugates and constructs, tested on human leukemia HL60 cells in culture, indicated a substantial increase in cytotoxicity when modified UCNPs were combined with five rounds of 30 min irradiation with NIR compared to dark controls, but NIR alone also had a significant cytotoxic effect at this duration.

  10. Internal Corrosion and Deposition Control

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter reviews the current knowledge of the science of corrosion control and control of scaling in drinking water systems. Topics covered include: types of corrosion; physical, microbial and chemical factors influencing corrosion; corrosion of specific materials; direct ...

  11. Glycated Apolipoprotein A-IV Induces Atherogenesis in Patients With CAD in Type 2 Diabetes.

    PubMed

    Dai, Yang; Shen, Ying; Li, Qing Run; Ding, Feng Hua; Wang, Xiao Qun; Liu, Hong Juan; Yan, Xiao Xiang; Wang, Ling Jie; Yang, Ke; Wang, Hai Bo; Chen, Qiu Jing; Shen, Wei Feng; Zhang, Rui Yan; Lu, Lin

    2017-10-17

    Nonenzymatic glycation of apolipoproteins plays a role in the pathogenesis of the vascular complications of diabetes. This study investigated whether apolipoprotein (apo) A-IV was glycated in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) and whether apoA-IV glycation was related to coronary artery disease (CAD). The study also determined the biological effects of glycated apoA-IV. The authors consecutively enrolled 204 patients with T2DM without CAD (Group I), 515 patients with T2DM with CAD (Group II), and 176 healthy subjects (control group) in this study. ApoA-IV was precipitated from ultracentrifugally isolated high-density lipoprotein, and its glycation level was determined based on Western blotting densitometry (relative intensity of apoA-IV glycation). ApoA-IV NƐ-(carboxylmethyl) lysine (CML) modification sites were identified by mass spectrometry in 37 control subjects, 63 patients in Group I, and 138 patients in Group II. Saline or glycated apoA-IV (g-apoA-IV) generated by glyoxal culture was injected into apoE -/- mice to evaluate atherogenesis, and was also used for the cell experiments. The relative intensity and the abundance of apoA-IV glycation were associated with the presence and severity of CAD in patients with T2DM (all p < 0.05). The experiments showed that g-apoA-IV induced proinflammatory reactions in vitro and promoted atherogenesis in apoE -/- mice through the nuclear receptor NR4A3. G-apoA-IV with mutations (K-A) at high-frequency glycation sites exhibited more weakened proinflammatory and atherogenic effects than did g-apoA-IV both in vitro and in vivo. ApoA-IV glycation is associated with CAD severity in patients with T2DM, and g-apoA-IV induces atherogenesis through NR4A3 in apoE -/- mice. Copyright © 2017 American College of Cardiology Foundation. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. THE FORMATION OF PB(IV) OXIDES IN CHLORINATED WATER - PRESENTATION

    EPA Science Inventory

    Recent research has shown that Pb(IV) oxides can play an important geochemical role in drinking water distribution systems. The basis of most guidance for lead control in drinking water, however, presumes that Pb(II) solids control lead solubility. Therefore, it is important that...

  13. Dynamics and Manipulation of Nanomagnets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cai, Liufei

    This thesis presents my work on the spin dynamics of nanomagnets and investigates the possibility of manipulating nanomagnets by various means. Most of the work has been published. Some has been submitted for publication. The structure of this thesis is as follows. In Chapter 1, I present the theory of manipulation of a nanomagnet by rotating ac fields whose frequency is time dependent. Theory has been developed that maps the problem onto Landau-Zener problem. For the linear frequency sweep the switching phase diagrams are obtained on the amplitude of the ac field and the frequency sweep rate. Switching conditions have been obtained numerically and analytically. For the nonlinear frequency sweep, the optimal time dependence of the frequency is obtained analytically with account of damping that gives the fastest controllable switching of the magnetization. In Chapter 2, interaction between a nanomagnet and a Josephson junction has been studied. The I-V curve of the Josephson junction in the proximity of a nanomagnet shows Shapiro-like steps due to the ac field generated by the precessing magnetic moment. Possibility of switching of the magnetic moment by a time-linear voltage in the Josephson junction is demonstrated. Realization of the optimal switching is suggested that employs two perpendicular Josephson junctions with time-dependent voltage signals. The result is shown to be robust against voltage noises. Quantum-mechanical coupling between the nanomagnet considered as a two-level system and a Josephson junction has been studied and quantum oscillations of the populations of the spin states have been computed. In Chapter 3, the switching dynamics of a nanomagnet embedded in a torsional oscillator that serves as a conducting wire for a spin current has been investigated. Generalized Slonczewski's equation is derived. The coupling of the nanomagnet, the torsional oscillator and the spin current generates a number of interesting phenomena. The mechanically-assisted magnetization switching is studied, in which the magnetization can be reversed by tilting the torsional oscillator. The effect of the torsional oscillator on the switching of the magnetization in the presence of spin-polarized current is computed. Combined effects of the spin current and a mechanical kick of the torsional oscillator have been studied. In Chapter 4, skyrmion dynamics and interaction of the skyrmion with an electron have been studied. Corrections to the spin texture of the skyrmion due to the crystal lattice have been computed. Due to the lattice effects the skyrmion collapses in clean ferromagnetic and anti-ferromagnetic materials. The lifetime of the skyrmion has been computed numerically and compared with analytical theory. In doped anti-ferromagnetic materials the weak attraction between a skyrmion and an electron may generate a bound state. In Chapter 5, experimental results of the NIST group on magnetic multilayer microcantilevers have been analyzed. Theoretical framework has been suggested that explains the observed strong damping effect of the platinum layer on the mechanical oscillations of Py-Pt bilayer cantilevers. The strong spin-orbit coupling of platinum is shown to impede the motion of the domain wall in permalloy and to dramatically increase the damping of the cantilever motion.

  14. Topographic and biomechanical evaluation of cornea in patients with ichthyosis vulgaris.

    PubMed

    Kara, Necip; Yildirim, Yusuf; Demircan, Ali; Cankaya, Ilker; Kutlubay, Zekayi; Engin, Burhan; Serdaroglu, Server

    2012-10-01

    To compare the topographic and biomechanical properties of corneas in eyes of patients with ichthyosis vulgaris (IV) and eyes of healthy individuals. Thirty healthy individuals (control group) and 30 patients with IV (study group) were enrolled in this prospective study. Topographic measurements, including keratometry values, irregularity, and surface asymmetry index in the right eye of each participant were obtained using Scheimpflug camera with a Placido disc topographer (Sirius). Corneal hysteresis (CH), corneal resistance factor (CRF), corneal-compensated intraocular pressure (IOPcc) and Goldman-related intraocular pressure (IOPg) were measured using the Reichert Ocular Response Analyzer (ORA). Central corneal thickness (CCT) was also measured with ultrasonic pachymetry and the Sirius corneal topography system. Topographic parameters were not significantly different between both groups (p>0.05). Although mean CH was not significantly different between the groups, the CRF was significantly lower in patients with IV (p=0.249 and p=0.005, respectively). The CCT was significantly lower in patients with IV compared to healthy controls (p<0.001). The IOPg and IOPcc were significantly lower in the patients with ichthyosis than in healthy controls (p=0.001 and p=0.004, respectively). The study demonstrated that while the eyes of patients with IV had corneal topographic findings and corneal hysteresis similar to those of healthy controls, some of corneal biomechanical properties such CRF and CCT and IOP values such as IOPg and IOPcc were significantly lower in patients with IV. These results should be taken into account when planning a corneal refractive surgery and glaucoma screening for patients with IV. Copyright © 2012 British Contact Lens Association. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Comparative study of topical vs. intravenous tranexamic acid regarding blood loss in total knee arthroplasty.

    PubMed

    Zekcer, Ari; Priori, Ricardo Del; Tieppo, Clauber; Silva, Ricardo Soares da; Severino, Nilson Roberto

    2017-01-01

    To compare topical vs. intravenous tranexamic acid (TA) in total knee arthroplasty regarding blood loss and transfusion. Ninety patients were randomized to receive TA intravenously (20 mg/kg in 100 mL of saline; group IV), topically (1.5 g in 50 mL of saline, sprayed over the operated site, before release of the tourniquet; topical group), or intravenous saline (100 mL with anesthesia; control group). The volume of drained blood in 48 h, the amount of transfused blood, and the serum levels of hemoglobin and hematocrit before and after surgery were evaluated. The groups were similar for gender, age, weight, laterality, and preoperative hemoglobin and hematocrit levels ( p  > 0.2). The hemoglobin level dropped in all groups when comparing the preoperative and the 48-h evaluations: the control group decreased 3.8 mg/dL on average, while the IV group had a decrease of 3.0, and the topical group, of 3.2 ( p  = 0.019). The difference between the control and IV groups was confirmed by Bonferroni test ( p  = 0.020). The difference between the control group and the topical group was not significant ( p  = 0.130), although there was less reduction in hemoglobin in the topical group; the comparison between the IV group and the topical group was also not significant ( p  = 1.000). Using topic and IV tranexamic acid decreased blood loss and the need for transfusion in total knee arthroplasty. Topical application showed results similar to IV use regarding the need for blood transfusion, but without the possible side effects of IV administration.

  16. Yakima/Klickitat Fisheries Project Genetic Studies; Yakima/Klickitat Fisheries Project Monitoring and Evaluation, 2001-2002 Annual Report.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Busack, Craig A.; Fritts, Anthony L.; Loxterman, Janet

    2003-05-01

    In chapter 1 we report on studies of the population genetic structure, using DNA microsatellites, of steelhead collected from different locations in the Yakima River basin (Roza Dam, Ahtanum Creek, Toppenish Creek, and Satus Creek) in 2000 and 2001. Of 28 pairwise tests of genotypic differentiation, only the 2000 and 2001 Roza Dam collections and the 2000 and 2001 Satus Creek collections did not exhibit significant differences. Similarly, pairwise tests of genetic differentiation (FST) were significant for all comparisons except the between-years comparisons of Roza Dam, Toppenish Creek, and Satus Creek collections. All tests between populations sampled from different localitiesmore » were significant, indicating that these collections represent genetically differentiated stocks. In chapter 2 we report on genetic comparisons, again using microsatellites, of the three spring chinook populations in the Yakima basin (Upper Yakima, Naches, and American) with respect to our ability to be able to estimate the proportions of the three populations in mixed smolt samples collected at Chandler. We evaluated this both in terms of mixed fishery analysis, where proportions are estimated, but the likely provenance of any particular fish is unknown, and classification, where an attempt is made to assign individual fish to their population of origin. Simulations were done over the entire ranged of stock proportions observed in the Yakima basin in the last 20+ years. Stock proportions can be estimated very accurately by either method. Chapter 3 reports on our ongoing effort at cryopreserving semen from wild Upper Yakima spring chinook. In 2002, semen from 91 males, more than 50% of those spawned, was cryopreserved. Representation over the spawning season was excellent. Chapters 4,5, and 6 all relate to the continuing development of the domestication study design. Chapter 4 details the ISRP consultations and evolution of the design from last year's preferred alternative to the current plan of using the Naches population as a wild control, and maintaining a hatchery-only control line alongside the supplemented line. During discussions this year a major issue was the possible impact to the research and to the supplementation effort, of gene flow from precocious males from the hatchery control line into the supplemented line. At the end of the contracting period, this issue still had not been resolved. Along with the discussion of development of the domestication research design, chapter 4 presents the current monitoring plan document, with discussion of the approach to the various traits to be analyzed. Chapters 5 and 6 deal with experimental power of the domestication monitoring design. There is still much work to be done on power, but in chapter 5 we explore our power to detect differences among the three lines for traits measured on individual adults. Power was found to be quite good for effects of 5% per generation over three generations for traits having a coefficient of variation (CV) of 10-20%, but low if the CV was 50%. Power is higher for comparisons between the hatchery control line and supplemented line than between the supplemented line and the wild control, a consequence of trying to avoid heavy impacts to the Naches population. Power could be improved considerably improved by sampling more Naches fish in years of high abundance. Chapter 6 presents the same power analysis, but attempts to explore the effect of precocious males from the hatchery control line spawning in the wild. It is clear that if gene flow from precocious males is more than one or two percent that the between line comparisons will be biased, making the supplemented line appear to be more similar to the hatchery control line than it should and more different from the wild control line than it should. However, it was also clear that more analysis is desirable, as the heightened or diminished power is really just an enhancement or reduction of a real difference. A more straightforward analysis of the proportion of observed differences that can be attributed to precocious gene flow needs to be done.« less

  17. Modeling and Advanced Control for Sustainable Process Systems

    EPA Science Inventory

    This book chapter introduces a novel process systems engineering framework that integrates process control with sustainability assessment tools for the simultaneous evaluation and optimization of process operations. The implemented control strategy consists of a biologically-insp...

  18. Intelligent Home Control System Based on Single Chip Microcomputer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Libo

    2017-12-01

    Intelligent home as a way to achieve the realization of the family information has become an important part of the development of social information, Internet of Things because of its huge application prospects, will be smart home industry in the development process of a more realistic breakthrough in the smart home industry development has great significance. This article is based on easy to implement, easy to operate, close to the use of the design concept, the use of STC89C52 microcontroller as the control core for the control terminal, and including infrared remote control, buttons, Web interface, including multiple control sources to control household appliances. The second chapter of this paper describes the design of the hardware and software part of the specific implementation, the fifth chapter is based on the design of a good function to build a specific example of the environment.

  19. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV in angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor associated angioedema.

    PubMed

    Byrd, James Brian; Touzin, Karine; Sile, Saba; Gainer, James V; Yu, Chang; Nadeau, John; Adam, Albert; Brown, Nancy J

    2008-01-01

    Angioedema is a potentially life-threatening adverse effect of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors. Bradykinin and substance P, substrates of angiotensin-converting enzyme, increase vascular permeability and cause tissue edema in animals. Studies indicate that amino-terminal degradation of these peptides, by aminopeptidase P and dipeptidyl peptidase IV, may be impaired in individuals with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-associated angioedema. This case-control study tested the hypothesis that dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity and antigen are decreased in sera of patients with a history of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-associated angioedema. Fifty subjects with a history of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-associated angioedema and 176 angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-exposed control subjects were ascertained. Sera were assayed for angiotensin-converting enzyme activity, aminopeptidase P activity, aminopeptidase N activity, dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity, and antigen and the ex vivo degradation half-lives of bradykinin, des-Arg(9)-bradykinin, and substance P in a subset. The prevalence of smoking was increased and of diabetes decreased in case versus control subjects. Overall, dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity (26.6+/-7.8 versus 29.6+/-7.3 nmol/mL per minute; P=0.026) and antigen (465.8+/-260.8 versus 563.1+/-208.6 ng/mL; P=0.017) were decreased in sera from individuals with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-associated angioedema compared with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-exposed control subjects without angioedema. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity (21.5+/-4.9 versus 29.8+/-6.7 nmol/mL per minute; P=0.001) and antigen (354.4+/-124.7 versus 559.8+/-163.2 ng/mL; P=0.003) were decreased in sera from cases collected during angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition but not in the absence of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition. The degradation half-life of substance P correlated inversely with dipeptidyl peptidase IV antigen during angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition. Environmental or genetic factors that reduce dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity may predispose individuals to angioedema.

  20. Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV in Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitor–Associated Angioedema

    PubMed Central

    Byrd, James Brian; Touzin, Karine; Sile, Saba; Gainer, James V.; Yu, Chang; Nadeau, John; Adam, Albert; Brown, Nancy J.

    2009-01-01

    Angioedema is a potentially life-threatening adverse effect of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors. Bradykinin and substance P, substrates of angiotensin-converting enzyme, increase vascular permeability and cause tissue edema in animals. Studies indicate that amino-terminal degradation of these peptides, by aminopeptidase P and dipeptidyl peptidase IV, may be impaired in individuals with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–associated angioedema. This case-control study tested the hypothesis that dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity and antigen are decreased in sera of patients with a history of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–associated angioedema. Fifty subjects with a history of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–associated angioedema and 176 angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–exposed control subjects were ascertained. Sera were assayed for angiotensin-converting enzyme activity, aminopeptidase P activity, aminopeptidase N activity, dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity, and antigen and the ex vivo degradation half-lives of bradykinin, des-Arg9-bradykinin, and substance P in a subset. The prevalence of smoking was increased and of diabetes decreased in case versus control subjects. Overall, dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity (26.6±7.8 versus 29.6±7.3 nmol/mL per minute; P=0.026) and antigen (465.8±260.8 versus 563.1±208.6 ng/mL; P=0.017) were decreased in sera from individuals with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–associated angioedema compared with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor–exposed control subjects without angioedema. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity (21.5±4.9 versus 29.8±6.7 nmol/mL per minute; P=0.001) and antigen (354.4±124.7 versus 559.8±163.2 ng/mL; P=0.003) were decreased in sera from cases collected during angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition but not in the absence of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition. The degradation half-life of substance P correlated inversely with dipeptidyl peptidase IV antigen during angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition. Environmental or genetic factors that reduce dipeptidyl peptidase IV activity may predispose individuals to angioedema. PMID:18025295

  1. Spheres of Interest: Imperialism, Culture, and Practice in British Solar Eclipse Expeditions, 1860-1914

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim

    Scientific expeditions have played an important role in the development of Western Science, but have received far less attention than theory-making or experiment. This is a cultural and social history of British solar eclipse expeditions and observing practices. An introductory chapter outlines the historiography of scientific practice, imperialism and science, and scientific expeditions, and explains the importance of solar eclipses to nineteenth-century science. The chapters follow expeditions from their planning, through their execution, and into the publication of results. Chapter 2 is an institutional and social history of British and American eclipse planning. British expeditions were organized by national societies, while American expeditions were planned by individual observatories and colleges. Chapters 3 and 4 move into the field. They show how the evolution of tourist culture, the expansion of imperial spheres of political control, the transfer of Western technological systems to colonial territories shaped the experience of going on an expedition, and even made accurate astrophysical observation possible. They also examine the roles women played on eclipse expeditions. Chapters 5 and 6 examine spectroscopic and visual observation. They study the effects of intellectual shifts, the introduction of photography, and the scaling up of instruments on observing practices. Chapter 6 shows how visual and photographic observations of the solar corona were made. Chapter 7 follows those pictures out of the field, and examines how they were copied and shared with other astronomers.

  2. Instrument Quality Control.

    PubMed

    Jayakody, Chatura; Hull-Ryde, Emily A

    2016-01-01

    Well-defined quality control (QC) processes are used to determine whether a certain procedure or action conforms to a widely accepted standard and/or set of guidelines, and are important components of any laboratory quality assurance program (Popa-Burke et al., J Biomol Screen 14: 1017-1030, 2009). In this chapter, we describe QC procedures useful for monitoring the accuracy and precision of laboratory instrumentation, most notably automated liquid dispensers. Two techniques, gravimetric QC and photometric QC, are highlighted in this chapter. When used together, these simple techniques provide a robust process for evaluating liquid handler accuracy and precision, and critically underpin high-quality research programs.

  3. Linking the Prevention of Problem Behaviors and Positive Youth Development: Core Competencies for Positive Youth Development and Risk Prevention

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Guerra, Nancy G.; Bradshaw, Catherine P.

    2008-01-01

    In this chapter, we present a brief review of the developmental literature linking healthy adjustment to five core competencies: (1) positive sense of self, (2) self-control, (3) decision-making skills, (4) a moral system of belief, and (5) prosocial connectedness. A central premise of this chapter and the rest of the volume is that promoting…

  4. 2011 Congressional Report on Defense Business Operations

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-04-30

    of information if it does not display a currently valid OMB control number. 1 . REPORT DATE 30 APR 2011 2 . REPORT TYPE 3. DATES COVERED 00-00...amended CongressionalReport 1 DefenseBusinessOperations 2 CongressionalReport Chapter 2 : Process Improvements Chapter 2 highlights enterprise...systems are developed through the construct of the Department’s five core business areas: 1 . Human Resources Management (HRM) 2 . Weapons Systems

  5. AGR-1 Thermocouple Data Analysis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jeff Einerson

    2012-05-01

    This report documents an effort to analyze measured and simulated data obtained in the Advanced Gas Reactor (AGR) fuel irradiation test program conducted in the INL's Advanced Test Reactor (ATR) to support the Next Generation Nuclear Plant (NGNP) R&D program. The work follows up on a previous study (Pham and Einerson, 2010), in which statistical analysis methods were applied for AGR-1 thermocouple data qualification. The present work exercises the idea that, while recognizing uncertainties inherent in physics and thermal simulations of the AGR-1 test, results of the numerical simulations can be used in combination with the statistical analysis methods tomore » further improve qualification of measured data. Additionally, the combined analysis of measured and simulation data can generate insights about simulation model uncertainty that can be useful for model improvement. This report also describes an experimental control procedure to maintain fuel target temperature in the future AGR tests using regression relationships that include simulation results. The report is organized into four chapters. Chapter 1 introduces the AGR Fuel Development and Qualification program, AGR-1 test configuration and test procedure, overview of AGR-1 measured data, and overview of physics and thermal simulation, including modeling assumptions and uncertainties. A brief summary of statistical analysis methods developed in (Pham and Einerson 2010) for AGR-1 measured data qualification within NGNP Data Management and Analysis System (NDMAS) is also included for completeness. Chapters 2-3 describe and discuss cases, in which the combined use of experimental and simulation data is realized. A set of issues associated with measurement and modeling uncertainties resulted from the combined analysis are identified. This includes demonstration that such a combined analysis led to important insights for reducing uncertainty in presentation of AGR-1 measured data (Chapter 2) and interpretation of simulation results (Chapter 3). The statistics-based simulation-aided experimental control procedure described for the future AGR tests is developed and demonstrated in Chapter 4. The procedure for controlling the target fuel temperature (capsule peak or average) is based on regression functions of thermocouple readings and other relevant parameters and accounting for possible changes in both physical and thermal conditions and in instrument performance.« less

  6. Chapter 11.18 - Neuroendocrine Control of Female Reproduction.

    EPA Science Inventory

    The hypothalamus and pituitary are known to play roles in reproductive function. A growing body of evidence indicates that environmental toxicants can alter female reproductive function by disrupting hypothalamic control of the pituitary and subsequently the endocrine control of ...

  7. 78 FR 66621 - Protection of Collateral of Counterparties to Uncleared Swaps; Treatment of Securities in a...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-11-06

    ...The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the ``Commission'') is issuing final rules implementing new statutory provisions enacted by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the ``Dodd-Frank Act''). Specifically, the final rule contained herein imposes requirements on swap dealers (``SDs'') and major swap participants (``MSPs'') with respect to the treatment of collateral posted by their counterparties to margin, guarantee, or secure uncleared swaps. Additionally, the final rule includes revisions to ensure that, for purposes of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, securities held in a portfolio margining account that is a futures account or a Cleared Swaps Customer Account constitute ``customer property''; and owners of such account constitute ``customers.''

  8. Environmental Impact Analysis Process. Deployment Area Selection and Land Withdrawal/Acquisition DEIS. Chapter IV. Part III. Environmental Consequences to the Study Regions and Operating Base Vicinities.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-12-01

    4.4.2-4 Distribution of the larger playa lakes in the Texas high plains. 4-793 4.4.2-5 Distribution of elk in the vicinity of Beryl, Utah, OB. 4-796 4.4.2... lIMA 28DAA SUITABILITY AREAS * 221 Ci~)HYDROLOGIC SUBUNITS 08 SUITABILITY AREAS (2 ARIONA In 22M 2211 212 / 3222-D Table 4.3.2.10-1. Summary of energy...is constructed 4-636 W F’ 130 --- *47 In- IGIA 744 711 soo LPL IS12 13 0 Um ?S ______________ 119 47 lIMA 14PROVO 13 UTN4 SEVE -. 4 t UT "SA 2111 06

  9. Reliability and Maintainability (RAM) Training

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lalli, Vincent R. (Editor); Malec, Henry A. (Editor); Packard, Michael H. (Editor)

    2000-01-01

    The theme of this manual is failure physics-the study of how products, hardware, software, and systems fail and what can be done about it. The intent is to impart useful information, to extend the limits of production capability, and to assist in achieving low-cost reliable products. In a broader sense the manual should do more. It should underscore the urgent need CI for mature attitudes toward reliability. Five of the chapters were originally presented as a classroom course to over 1000 Martin Marietta engineers and technicians. Another four chapters and three appendixes have been added, We begin with a view of reliability from the years 1940 to 2000. Chapter 2 starts the training material with a review of mathematics and a description of what elements contribute to product failures. The remaining chapters elucidate basic reliability theory and the disciplines that allow us to control and eliminate failures.

  10. Agreements in Virtual Organizations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pankowska, Malgorzata

    This chapter is an attempt to explain the important impact that contract theory delivers with respect to the concept of virtual organization. The author believes that not enough research has been conducted in order to transfer theoretical foundations for networking to the phenomena of virtual organizations and open autonomic computing environment to ensure the controllability and management of them. The main research problem of this chapter is to explain the significance of agreements for virtual organizations governance. The first part of this chapter comprises explanations of differences among virtual machines and virtual organizations for further descriptions of the significance of the first ones to the development of the second. Next, the virtual organization development tendencies are presented and problems of IT governance in highly distributed organizational environment are discussed. The last part of this chapter covers analysis of contracts and agreements management for governance in open computing environments.

  11. Biological control: Insect pathogens, parasitoids, and predators

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    This book chapter provides an overview of biological control of insect pests of stored grain and stored products. The advantages and disadvantages of biological control for stored-product insect control are discussed. There are several species of protozoa, viruses, and bacteria that could be used to...

  12. Tick control: trapping, biocontrol, host management and other alternative strategies

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Ginsberg, Howard S.; Edited by Sonenshine, Daniel E.; Roe, R. Michael

    2014-01-01

    Biology of Ticks is the most comprehensive work on tick biology and tick-borne diseases. This second edition is a multi-authored work, featuring the research and analyses of renowned experts across the globe. Spanning two volumes, the book examines the systematics, biology, structure, ecological adaptations, evolution, genomics and the molecular processes that underpin the growth, development and survival of these important disease-transmitting parasites. Also discussed is the remarkable array of diseases transmitted (or caused) by ticks, as well as modern methods for their control. This book should serve as a modern reference for students, scientists, physicians, veterinarians and other specialists. Volume I covers the biology of the tick and features chapters on tick systematics, tick life cycles, external and internal anatomy, and others dedicated to specific organ systems, specifically, the tick integument, mouthparts and digestive system, salivary glands, waste removal, salivary glands, respiratory system, circulatory system and hemolymph, fat body, the nervous and sensory systems and reproductive systems. Volume II includes chapters on the ecology of non-nidicolous and nidicolous ticks, genetics and genomics (including the genome of the Lyme disease vector Ixodes scapularis) and immunity, including host immune responses to tick feeding and tick-host interactions, as well as the tick's innate immune system that prevents and/or controls microbial infections. Six chapters cover in depth the many diseases caused by the major tick-borne pathogens, including tick-borne protozoa, viruses, rickettsiae of all types, other types of bacteria (e.g., the Lyme disease agent) and diseases related to tick paralytic agents and toxins. The remaining chapters are devoted to tick control using vaccines, acaricides, repellents, biocontrol, and, finally, techniques for breeding ticks in order to develop tick colonies for scientific study.

  13. Reduced-Order Models for Load Management in the Power Grid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alizadeh, Mahnoosh

    In recent years, considerable research efforts have been directed towards designing control schemes that can leverage the inherent flexibility of electricity demand that is not tapped into in today's electricity markets. It is expected that these control schemes will be carried out by for-profit entities referred to as aggregators that operate at the edge of the power grid network. While the aggregator control problem is receiving much attention, more high-level questions of how these aggregators should plan their market participation, interact with the main grid and with each other, remain rather understudied. Answering these questions requires a large-scale model for the aggregate flexibility that can be harnessed from the a population of customers, particularly for residences and small businesses. The contribution of this thesis towards this goal is divided into three parts: In Chapter 3, a reduced-order model for a large population of heterogeneous appliances is provided by clustering load profiles that share similar degrees of freedom together. The use of such reduced-order model for system planning and optimal market decision making requires a foresighted approximation of the number of appliances that will join each cluster. Thus, Chapter 4 provides a systematic framework to generate such forecasts for the case of Electric Vehicles, based on real-world battery charging data. While these two chapters set aside the economic side that is naturally involved with participation in demand response programs and mainly focus on the control problem, Chapter 5 is dedicated to the study of optimal pricing mechanisms in order to recruit heterogeneous customers in a demand response program in which an aggregator can directly manage their appliances' load under their specified preferences. Prices are proportional to the wholesale market savings that can result from each recruitment event.

  14. The application of spaceborne GPS to atmospheric limb sounding and global change monitoring

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Melbourne, W. G.; Davis, E. S.; Duncan, C. B.; Hajj, G. A.; Hardy, K. R.; Kursinski, E. R.; Meehan, T. K.; Young, L. E.; Yunck, T. P.

    1994-01-01

    This monograph is intended for readers with minimal background in radio science who seek a relatively comprehensive treatment of the mission and technical aspects of an Earth-orbiting radio occultation satellite. Part 1 (chapters 1-6) describes mission concepts and programmatic information; Part 2 (chapters 7-12) deals with the theoretical aspects of analyzing and interpreting radio occultation measurements. In this mission concept the navigation signals from a Global Positioning System (GPS) satellite that is being occulted by the Earth's limb are observed by a GPS flight receiver on board a low Earth orbiter (LEO) satellite. This technique can be used to recover profiles of the Earth's atmospheric refractivity, pressure, and temperature using small, dedicated, and relatively low-cost space systems. Chapter 2 summarizes the basic space system concepts of the limb-sounding technique and describes a low-cost strawman demonstration mission. Chapter 3 discusses some of the scientific benefits of using radio occultation on a suite of small satellites. Chapter 4 provides a more detailed discussion of several system elements in a radio occultation mission, including the launch system for small payloads, the LEO microsat, the GPS constellation, the GPS flight receiver payload, the mission operations ground control and data receiving system, the ground-based GPS global tracking network for precision orbit determination, and the central data processing and archive system. Chapter 5 addresses the various technology readiness questions that invariably arise. Chapter 6 discusses the overall costs of a demonstration mission such as GPS/MET (meteorological) proposed by the University Navstar Consortium (UNAVCO). Chapter 7 describes a geometrical optics approach to coplanar atmospheric occultation. Chapter 8 addresses major questions regarding accuracy of the occultation techniques. Chapter 9 describes some simulations that have been performed to evaluate the sensitivity of the recovered profiles of atmospheric parameters to different error sources, such as departure from spherical symmetry, water vapor, etc. Chapter 10 discusses horizontal and vertical resolution associated with limb sounders in general. Chapter 11 treats selected Fresnel diffraction techniques that can be used in radio occultation measurements to sharpen resolution. Chapter 12 provides brief discussions on selected special topics, such as strategies for handling interference and multipath processes that may arise for rays traveling in the lower troposphere.

  15. 40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...

  16. 40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...

  17. 40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...

  18. 40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...

  19. Armed Forces Institute of Regenerative Medicine

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2009-01-01

    constructs healed faster than controls and were able to self -organize into skin that appeared almost identical to normal mouse skin. Research...mouse model using the device. They also determined that printed constructs healed faster than controls and were able to self - organize into skin...iiiAFIRM Annual Report 2009 IV Scarless Wound Healing IV-1 Background

  20. Development of an Evolutionary Algorithm for the ab Initio Discovery of Two-Dimensional Materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Revard, Benjamin Charles

    Crystal structure prediction is an important first step on the path toward computational materials design. Increasingly robust methods have become available in recent years for computing many materials properties, but because properties are largely a function of crystal structure, the structure must be known before these methods can be brought to bear. In addition, structure prediction is particularly useful for identifying low-energy structures of subperiodic materials, such as two-dimensional (2D) materials, which may adopt unexpected structures that differ from those of the corresponding bulk phases. Evolutionary algorithms, which are heuristics for global optimization inspired by biological evolution, have proven to be a fruitful approach for tackling the problem of crystal structure prediction. This thesis describes the development of an improved evolutionary algorithm for structure prediction and several applications of the algorithm to predict the structures of novel low-energy 2D materials. The first part of this thesis contains an overview of evolutionary algorithms for crystal structure prediction and presents our implementation, including details of extending the algorithm to search for clusters, wires, and 2D materials, improvements to efficiency when running in parallel, improved composition space sampling, and the ability to search for partial phase diagrams. We then present several applications of the evolutionary algorithm to 2D systems, including InP, the C-Si and Sn-S phase diagrams, and several group-IV dioxides. This thesis makes use of the Cornell graduate school's "papers" option. Chapters 1 and 3 correspond to the first-author publications of Refs. [131] and [132], respectively, and chapter 2 will soon be submitted as a first-author publication. The material in chapter 4 is taken from Ref. [144], in which I share joint first-authorship. In this case I have included only my own contributions.

  1. Investigations of Sayre's Equation.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shiono, Masaaki

    Available from UMI in association with The British Library. Since the discovery of X-ray diffraction, various methods of using it to solve crystal structures have been developed. The major methods used can be divided into two categories: (1) Patterson function based methods; (2) Direct phase-determination methods. In the early days of structure determination from X-ray diffraction, Patterson methods played the leading role. Direct phase-determining methods ('direct methods' for short) were introduced by D. Harker and J. S. Kasper in the form of inequality relationships in 1948. A significant development of direct methods was produced by Sayre (1952). The equation he introduced, generally called Sayre's equation, gives exact relationships between structure factors for equal atoms. Later Cochran (1955) derived the so-called triple phase relationship, the main means by which it has become possible to find the structure factor phases automatically by computer. Although the background theory of direct methods is very mathematical, the user of direct-methods computer programs needs no detailed knowledge of these automatic processes in order to solve structures. Recently introduced direct methods are based on Sayre's equation, so it is important to investigate its properties thoroughly. One such new method involves the Sayre equation tangent formula (SETF) which attempts to minimise the least square residual for the Sayre's equations (Debaerdemaeker, Tate and Woolfson; 1985). In chapters I-III the principles and developments of direct methods will be described and in chapters IV -VI the properties of Sayre's equation and its modification will be discussed. Finally, in chapter VII, there will be described the investigation of the possible use of an equation, similar in type to Sayre's equation, derived from the characteristics of the Patterson function.

  2. Regulation of TCR Signaling to NF-kB

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-03-20

    applications and benefits to basic research are discussed in detail in Chapter 4.      16   CHAPTER 2: Selective autophagy of the...To confirm the specificity of the chemical inhibitors of autophagy, we employed a genetic approach. Specifically, we in vitro differentiated Th2...MG132 treatment. These data provide strong genetic evidence that TCR-mediated degradation of endogenous Bcl10 is controlled by autophagy, with a

  3. The willingness of patients to pay for intravenous patient-controlled analgesia in Korea.

    PubMed

    Lim, Hyungsun; Lee, Duck-Hyoung; Lee, Jeongwoo; Han, Young Jin; Choe, Huhn; Son, Ji-Seon

    2012-06-01

    The use of intravenous patient-controlled analgesia (IV-PCA) has been increasing because it has advantages such as improved pain relief, greater patient satisfaction, and fewer postoperative complications. However, current research has not considered the patients' thoughts about IV-PCA's cost-effectiveness. The purpose of this study was to investigate the willingness to pay (WTP) for IV-PCA and the relationship between patients' characteristics and WTP in Korea. We enrolled 400 adult patients who were scheduled for elective surgery. The patient was requested to indicate a series of predefined amounts of money (Korean won; 30,000/50,000/100,000/150,000/200,000/300,000/500,000). We also recorded patient characteristics, such as age, sex, type of surgery, IV-PCA history, education level, the person responsible for medical expenses, type of insurance, net annual income, and residential area. Three days after surgery, we asked about the degree of satisfaction and the WTP for IV-PCA. For IV-PCA, the median WTP was 100,000 won (25-75%; 50,000-200,000 won: US$1 = W1078.04; July 19, 2011) before surgery. All patients' characteristics were not related to preoperative WTP for IV-PCA, whereas the increase in WTP after surgery showed a tendency correlated to higher IV-PCA satisfaction. The median WTP was 100,000 won. The satisfaction of IV-PCA increased patients' WTP after surgery, but the WTP may be independent of patient characteristics in Korea.

  4. Effect of Isometric Hand Grip Exercises on Blood Flow and Placement of IV Catheters for Administration of Chemotherapy.

    PubMed

    Ozkaraman, Ayse; Yesilbalkan, Öznur Usta

    2016-04-01

    Complications may occur in the subcutaneous or subdermal tissues during IV administration of chemotherapy related to blood flow and catheter placement. Daily isometric hand grip exercises were evaluated for their effect on blood flow in the vessels of the nondominant arm before placement of IV catheters and the success rate of IV catheter placement on the first attempt. The study focused on patients with non-Hodgkin lymphoma receiving the first and second cycles of chemotherapy. The intervention group performed daily isometric hand grip exercises before chemotherapy with peripheral catheter insertion. The control group performed routine activities only. Blood flow was measured by ultrasound in the brachial artery (BA) and brachial vein (BV) of the nondominant arm before the first (T1) and second (T2) cycles of chemotherapy. Blood flow slightly increased in the intervention group at T2 compared to T1. In the control group, blood flow decreased in the BA and did not change in the BV at T2 compared to T1. The success rate for first-attempt placement of a peripheral IV catheter was the same for the intervention and control groups.

  5. 40 CFR 52.720 - Identification of plan.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... Protection Agency on March 13, 1972. (2) Copies of the Illinois Pollution Control Board Regulations, Chapter... role of the Chicago Department of Environmental Control was submitted July 28, 1972, by the State... Pollution Control Board. (6) Compliance schedules submitted on April 3, 1973, by the Pollution Control Board...

  6. 40 CFR 52.720 - Identification of plan.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... Protection Agency on March 13, 1972. (2) Copies of the Illinois Pollution Control Board Regulations, Chapter... role of the Chicago Department of Environmental Control was submitted July 28, 1972, by the State... Pollution Control Board. (6) Compliance schedules submitted on April 3, 1973, by the Pollution Control Board...

  7. 106-17 Telemetry Standards Recorder and Reproducer Command and Control Chapter 6

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-07-01

    6-35 6.3 MIL-STD-1553 Remote Terminal Command and Control ..................................... 6-36 6.4 Discrete Command and...6-6 Figure 6-9. Required Discrete Control Functions...6-36 Figure 6-10. Discrete Control and Indicator Functional Diagram .......................................... 6-37 Telemetry Standards

  8. Proclamation No. R. 151, Natal Code of Zulu Law, 3 September 1987.

    PubMed

    1988-01-01

    This document contains major provisions of the 1987 South African Proclamation amending the Natal Code of Zulu Law. Chapter 4 of these provisions covers personal status, property rights, the age of majority, and houses or families of which children become members. Chapter 5 deals with family heads in general, the earnings of minor children, the ownership and control of family property, the control of family members, and the responsibilities and privileges of family heads. The seventh chapter regulates customary marriages in general, the investigation of complaints about unreasonable withholding of consent on the part of a father or guardian, reporting of the arranged marriage date and payment of fees, the appointment and duties of official witnesses, the payment of "lobolo," the registration of customary marriages, issuance of the certificate of customary marriage, grounds for divorce, grounds for a declaration of nullity, duties of the party seeking the divorce, return of lobolo, child custody, and "ukungena" unions. The provisions of the eight chapter include the date of payment and delivery of lobolo and death of the lobolo cattle, the women who may receive lobolo, the constitution of lobolo, the amount of lobolo paid for women of varying social ranks, claims relative to lobolo payments, and the claiming of a ngquthu beast. Chapter 9 details the family system in terms of the establishment of senior or affiliated houses, the status of the first wife, the status of wives taken by a commoner subsequent to the first wife, a formal declaration of intention to divide a family home into sections, the declaration of the status of a second and subsequent wives, the declaration of the status of a third wife as a qade wife, junior houses affiliated with senior houses, the status of wives of the hereditary chief, the circumstances when members may leave a family home, and the property of a girl entering a customary marriage. The tenth chapter contains the laws of inheritance and succession, including testate and intestate inheritance of certain property, the rule of primogeniture, and cases of customary marriage. Chapter 12 defines actionable wrongs, which include damage to the reputation of an unmarried girl, the seduction of an unmarried female, adultery, and the abduction of a wife, child, or ward. Finally, Chapter 13 decrees that Black females are not to be considered chattels or property.

  9. Waste receiving and processing plant control system; system design description

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    LANE, M.P.

    1999-02-24

    The Plant Control System (PCS) is a heterogeneous computer system composed of numerous sub-systems. The PCS represents every major computer system that is used to support operation of the Waste Receiving and Processing (WRAP) facility. This document, the System Design Description (PCS SDD), includes several chapters and appendices. Each chapter is devoted to a separate PCS sub-system. Typically, each chapter includes an overview description of the system, a list of associated documents related to operation of that system, and a detailed description of relevant system features. Each appendice provides configuration information for selected PCS sub-systems. The appendices are designed asmore » separate sections to assist in maintaining this document due to frequent changes in system configurations. This document is intended to serve as the primary reference for configuration of PCS computer systems. The use of this document is further described in the WRAP System Configuration Management Plan, WMH-350, Section 4.1.« less

  10. Some aspects of doping and medication control in equine sports.

    PubMed

    Houghton, Ed; Maynard, Steve

    2010-01-01

    This chapter reviews drug and medication control in equestrian sports and addresses the rules of racing, the technological advances that have been made in drug detection and the importance of metabolism studies in the development of effective drug surveillance programmes. Typical approaches to screening and confirmatory analysis are discussed, as are the quality processes that underpin these procedures. The chapter also addresses four specific topics relevant to equestrian sports: substances controlled by threshold values, the approach adopted recently by European racing authorities to control some therapeutic substances, anabolic steroids in the horse and LC-MS analysis in drug testing in animal sports and metabolism studies. The purpose of discussing these specific topics is to emphasise the importance of research and development and collaboration to further global harmonisation and the development and support of international rules.

  11. Intravenous versus intramuscular cobinamide compared to intravenous saline (control) in the treatment of acute, survivable, hydrogen sulfide toxicity in swine (Sus Scrofa).

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-11-09

    FWH20140070A, “Intravenous versus intramuscular // compared to intravenous saline ( control ) in the treatment of acute, survivable, hydrogen sulfide toxicity... control ) in the treatment of acute, survivable, hydrogen sulfide toxicity in swine (Sus Scrofa). 4. Principal Investigator (PI): Name Rank Date...remainder of the study. Animals were treated with IV HOC, IV Cobinamide or control (no treatment) 1 minute post apnea. There were no significant

  12. Water-budget methods

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Healy, Richard W.; Scanlon, Bridget R.

    2010-01-01

    A water budget is an accounting of water movement into and out of, and storage change within, some control volume. Universal and adaptable are adjectives that reflect key features of water-budget methods for estimating recharge. The universal concept of mass conservation of water implies that water-budget methods are applicable over any space and time scales (Healy et al., 2007). The water budget of a soil column in a laboratory can be studied at scales of millimeters and seconds. A water-budget equation is also an integral component of atmospheric general circulation models used to predict global climates over periods of decades or more. Water-budget equations can be easily customized by adding or removing terms to accurately portray the peculiarities of any hydrologic system. The equations are generally not bound by assumptions on mechanisms by which water moves into, through, and out of the control volume of interest. So water-budget methods can be used to estimate both diffuse and focused recharge, and recharge estimates are unaffected by phenomena such as preferential flow paths within the unsaturated zone.Water-budget methods represent the largest class of techniques for estimating recharge. Most hydrologic models are derived from a water-budget equation and can therefore be classified as water-budget models. It is not feasible to address all water-budget methods in a single chapter. This chapter is limited to discussion of the “residual” water-budget approach, whereby all variables in a water-budget equation, except for recharge, are independently measured or estimated and recharge is set equal to the residual. This chapter is closely linked with Chapter 3, on modeling methods, because the equations presented here form the basis of many models and because models are often used to estimate individual components in water-budget studies. Water budgets for streams and other surface-water bodies are addressed in Chapter 4. The use of soil-water budgets and lysimeters for determining potential recharge and evapotranspiration from changes in water storage is discussed in Chapter 5. Aquifer water-budget methods based on the measurement of groundwater levels are described in Chapter 6.

  13. Chapter 2: Commercial and Industrial Lighting Evaluation Protocol. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kurnik, Charles W; Gowans, Dakers; Telarico, Chad

    The Commercial and Industrial Lighting Evaluation Protocol (the protocol) describes methods to account for gross energy savings resulting from the programmatic installation of efficient lighting equipment in large populations of commercial, industrial, and other nonresidential facilities. This protocol does not address savings resulting from changes in codes and standards, or from education and training activities. A separate Uniform Methods Project (UMP) protocol, Chapter 3: Commercial and Industrial Lighting Controls Evaluation Protocol, addresses methods for evaluating savings resulting from lighting control measures such as adding time clocks, tuning energy management system commands, and adding occupancy sensors.

  14. Techniques for the diagnosis of Fasciola infections in animals: room for improvement.

    PubMed

    Alvarez Rojas, Cristian A; Jex, Aaron R; Gasser, Robin B; Scheerlinck, Jean-Pierre Y

    2014-01-01

    The common liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica, causes fascioliasis, a significant disease in mammals, including livestock, wildlife and humans, with a major socioeconomic impact worldwide. In spite of its impact, and some advances towards the development of vaccines and new therapeutic agents, limited attention has been paid to the need for practical and reliable methods for the diagnosis of infection or disease. Accurate diagnosis is central to effective control, particularly given an emerging problem with drug resistance in F. hepatica. Traditional coprological techniques have been widely used, but are often unreliable. Although there have been some advances in establishing immunologic techniques, these tools can suffer from a lack of diagnostic specificity and/or sensitivity. Nonetheless, antigen detection tests seem to have considerable potential, but have not yet been adequately evaluated in the field. Moreover, advanced nucleic acid-based methods appear to offer the most promise for the diagnosis of current infection. This chapter (i) provides a brief account of the biology and significance of F. hepatica/fascioliasis, (ii) describes key techniques currently in use, (iii) compares their advantages/disadvantages and (iv) reviews polymerase chain reaction-based methods for specific diagnosis and/or the genetic characterization of Fasciola species. © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Very low density lipoprotein triglyceride transport in type IV hyperlipoproteinemia and the effects of carbohydrate-rich diets.

    PubMed

    Quarfordt, S H; Frank, A; Shames, D M; Berman, M; Steinberg, D

    1970-12-01

    Transport of plasma-free fatty acids (FFA) and of fatty acids in triglycerides of plasma very low density lipoproteins (VLDL-TGFA) was studied in two normal subjects, five patients with type IV hyperlipoproteinemia, and two patients with type I hyperlipoproteinemia. After intravenous pulse-labeling with albumin-bound 1-palmitate-(14)C, specific radioactivity of plasma FFA and VLDL-TGFA were determined at intervals up to 24 hr. The results were analyzed using several different multicompartmental models each compatible with the experimental data. Fractional transport of VLDL-TGFA was distinctly lower (no overlap) in the type IV patients than in the control subjects, both on a usual balanced diet (40% of calories from carbohydrate) and on a high-carbohydrate diet (80% of calories). However, net or total transport of VLDL-TGFA in the type IV patients was not clearly distinguishable from that in the control subjects, there being considerable overlap on either diet. The results suggest that in this group of type IV patients the underlying defect leading to the increased pool size of VLDL-TGFA is not overproduction but a relative defect in mechanisms for removal of VLDL-TGFA. Since some of these type IV patients had only a moderate degree of hypertriglyceridemia at the time they were studied, and since it is not established that patients with the type IV phenotype constitute a biochemically homogeneous population, the present results should not be generalized. Four studies were done (in two control subjects and two type IV patients) in which the kinetic parameters in the same individual were determined on the balanced diet and on the high-carbohydrate diet. All subjects showed an increase in VLDL-TGFA pool size. Using two of the models for analysis, all showed an increase in net transport of VLDL-TGFA; using the third model, three of the four studies showed an increase in VLDL-TGFA transport. The results are compatible with the interpretation that the carbohydrate-induced increase in VLDL-TGFA, both in controls and type IV patients, is at least in part due to an increased rate of production of VLDL-TGFA. The magnitude of the increase was approximately the same in controls and patients. Thus, metabolic adjustment to a high-carbohydrate regimen in these type IV patients may not be basically different from that in normal controls; the higher levels of VLDL-TGFA reached may simply be another reflection of a defective removal mechanism. An alternative interpretation, compatible with the data, would involve both a carbohydrate-induced increase in fractional rate of release of VLDL-TGFA from liver to plasma and a decrease in fractional removal of VLDL-TGFA from plasma without increase in net production rate. The simpler hypothesis of a single primary effect on net VLDL-TGFA production from FFA seems more likely.

  16. The impact of magnesium on isometric twitch parameters and resting membrane potential of the skeletal muscle in diabetic rats.

    PubMed

    Pelit, Aykut; Emre, Mustafa; Dağli, Kenan; Tuli, Abdullah

    2013-04-01

    To present the relationship between oral magnesium supplementation, blood glucose, and changes in isometric twitch parameters, resting membrane potential (RMP), in the gastrocnemius muscle in diabetic rats. Sixty rats were used in this study. The rats were divided into four groups: control (drinking tap water, Group I, n = 15), control with treated with magnesium sulfate (10 g/L) (Group II, n = 15), diabetic (Group III, n = 15), and diabetic with treated with magnesium sulfate (10 g/L) (Group IV, n = 15). In Group II and IV, the level of plasma magnesium was increased comparing to those of the control group (p < 0.05). Isometric twitch tensions were decreased significantly in the Group III, but Group IV isometric twitch tensions were increased significantly. Group IV RMP values were close to the Group I. Hyperglycemia decreases gastrocnemius muscle isometric twitch tension and increases RMP in diabetic rats. Magnesium treatment can prevent these diabetic complications.

  17. The Bulimia Test--Revised: Validation with "DSM-IV" Criteria for Bulimia Nervosa.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Thelen, Mark H.; And Others

    1996-01-01

    The Bulimia Test--Revised (BULIT-R) was given to 23 female subjects who met the criteria for bulimia in the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders" (DSM-IV) and 124 female controls. The BULIT-R appears to be a valid instruction for identifying individuals who meet DSM-IV criteria for bulimia. (SLD)

  18. 30 CFR 57.22105 - Smoking and open flames (IV mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Smoking and open flames (IV mines). 57.22105... Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Fire Prevention and Control § 57.22105 Smoking and open flames (IV mines). Smoking or open flames shall not be permitted in a face or raise, or during release of...

  19. 30 CFR 57.22105 - Smoking and open flames (IV mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Smoking and open flames (IV mines). 57.22105... Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Fire Prevention and Control § 57.22105 Smoking and open flames (IV mines). Smoking or open flames shall not be permitted in a face or raise, or during release of...

  20. 30 CFR 57.22105 - Smoking and open flames (IV mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Smoking and open flames (IV mines). 57.22105... Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Fire Prevention and Control § 57.22105 Smoking and open flames (IV mines). Smoking or open flames shall not be permitted in a face or raise, or during release of...

Some links on this page may take you to non-federal websites. Their policies may differ from this site.
Top